(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Maxim Seminarsand Application Books1988and89 Seminar Applications Handbook OCR"

yu/JXi/H 

1993 
APPLICATIONS 
AND 

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS 

Featuring: 

• Flash Memory Programmers 

• Portable Equipment Power Management 

• Two Complete PC RS-232 Ports - One Chip, +SV Single Supply 

• Remotely Powered Sensor Amp Using 1uA Op Amp 

• Video, Power, and Channel Select Signals on a Single Coax 

• DSP System Anti-Aliasing Filters 

• ±1 8-Bit Serial Interface AID Converter 

• 3 V Analog Circuits for Portable Applications 



Other Data Books Available from Maxim: 

* Maxim 1992 New Releases Data Book, Vol. I 




TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Company Update 1-1 

Interface Products 2-1 

Shrink SO Packages 2-2 

Two RS-232 Serial Ports on a Single Chip 2-2 

0.1 uF-Capacitor Transceivers With and Without Control Inputs 2-3 

Transceivers Not Requiring Capacitors 2-3 

Choose a +3.3V Transceiver and Save Power 2-5 

RS-562 Transceivers 2-6 

Isolated RS-232 in One Package 2-6 

RS-485/RS-422 2-7 

Driving Large LED and LCD Displays 2-9 

Microprocessor Supervisors 3-1 

Enhanced Versions of the MAX690 Family 3-3 

Simple 8051 Interface 3-3 

Simple Supercap™ Backup Circuits 3-4 

Reset Valid to Vcc = 0V 3-4 

Low-Cost Supervisory ICs 3-4 

Monitoring Negative Voltages 3-5 

3 Volt Supervisory Products 3-5 

PSRAM Backup 3-7 

Maxim's Newest Supervisors 3-8 

Power Supply 4-1 

Battery Characteristics 4-2 

Quad Universal Voltage Monitors 4-4 

Fast NiCd/NiMH Battery Chargers 4-5 

Battery-Power DC-DC Topologies 4-6 

Specific Supply Solutions 4-7 

Single-Cell to +3.3V Converter 4-8 

MAX777 Family of 1 V to 5V Input PFM Regulators 4-8 

Charge-Pump 2-Cell to +5V Converter 4-9 

Palmtop Computer DC-DC Converters 4-9 

Converting 4 Cells to 5 Volts 4-10 

Five NiCd/NiMH Cells: System Solution 4-12 

MAX71 4-MAX71 6 Family 4-12 

The Ultimate Way to Squeeze a 9V Battery Dry 4-12 

Linear Regulators vs. DC-DC Converters 4-13 

Greater than 6 NiCd/NiMH Cells: +5V Circuits 4-14 

The Importance of Supply Bypassing 4-15 

PWM Regulators with Internal Power MOSFETs 4-16 

New Generation Pulse-Skipping PFM Regulaors 4-17 

Power Supply Evaluation Kits 4-18 

Operational Amplifiers 5-1 

Low-Noise Op Amps for ±5V Systems 5-2 

MAX406/407 Single/Dual Micropower (1 |iA) Op Amps 5-2 

Two-Wire Remote pH Measurement 5-3 

Micropower Supply Current Monitor 5-4 

1 50kHz Micropower (1 uA) Op Amps 5-5 

High-Speed Micropower Op Amps 5-6 

Fast Low-Noise Precision Op Amps 5-6 



Video Products 6-1 

Video MUX/Amplifiers and Crosspoint Switches 6-3 

16x16 Expandable Video Crosspoint Matrix 6-5 

The MAX404 High-Speed Op Amp 6-5 

MAX404 Diff. Gain and Phase vs. Number of Cables 6-6 

MAX405 High-Speed Buffer Amplifier 6-7 

MAX 435/436 Wideband Transconductance Amplifiers 6-8 

MAX435/436 Bandwidth Independent of Gain 6-8 

MAX900-903 High-Speed Low-Power Comparators 6-9 

Low-Power Crystal Oscillator 6-10 

High-Speed, Threshold-Programmable Comparators 6-10 

Active Filters 7-1 

M AX274/275 Continuous Active Filters 7-2 

Effects of F Inaccuracy 7-3 

C-Message Filter 7-4 

5 to 20kHz Adjustable Continuous Bandpass Filter 7-4 

Remove DC Offset from Lowpass Filters 7-5 

MAX274 Evaluation Kit 7-7 

MAX291 -MAX297 Lowpass Filter Family 7-7 

References 

ADC and DAC Reference Requirements 8-1 

Ultra-Close Tolerance and Low-Drift References 8-2 

Low Dropout References for 3V and 5V Supplies 8-2 

Three-Terminal References Reduce Supply Current 8-2 

A/D, D/A Converters 9-1 

1 8-Bit Serial ADC Controls External MUX 9-2 

Fast 8-Bit ADC with Power Down for Battery Systems 9-2 

1 2-Bit Low-Power Serial ADCs 9-3 

Isolated 1 2-Bit Data-Acquisition System 9-4 

Low-Cost 500ksps 1 2- and 1 4-Bit Sampling ADCs 9-5 

FIFO Buffers Data from High-Speed Converter 9-6 

3.5us 1 2-Bit Sampling ADC in 8-pin Package 9-6 

Single-Chip 8-Ch 1 2-Bit 1 0Oksps System 9-8 

MAX1 80 Evaluation Kit 9-8 

High-Speed A/D Converter with 8 Simultaneous T/Hs 9-9 

Multiplying DAC Gain and Phase vs. Frequency 9-10 

MAX505/506 Performs Four Quadrant Multiplication 9-11 

Quad 1 2-Bit DACs 9-12 

MAX528/529 Octal 8-Bit Serial DACs - Configurable Output Amps 9-13 

1 2-Bit VDAC with Reference 9-14 

Analog Switches and Multiplexers 10-1 

RF Switching Using T" Switches 10-3 

Charge Injection 10-3 

The DG400 Switch Family 10-4 

What ON and OFF Leakages Mean 10-4 

1 00V Fault-Protected Differential 4-Ch MUX 10-6 

Fault Current vs. Fault Voltage 10-6 

Power Supply Considerations 10-7 

Quality Assurance and Military Products Update 11-1 

Hi-Rel Product Availability 11-4 

883 Compliant Products 11-4 

DESC Approved Devices to SMDs Currently Available 11-4 

Product Tables and Trees 12-1 



COMPANY BRIEF: 



Markets: Precision Linear and Mixed Analog-Digital ICs 

Products: 509 Analog ICs Including 
284 Propietary Products 



Sales: 



$23.3 Million Quarter Ending 6/30/92 



Profitable: Last 25 Consecutive Quarters 

Operating Profits Above 18% Last 18 Quarters 
ROE Above 19% Last 19 Quarters 



>VlviXI>VI J 



REPEATED RECOGNITION 
AS ONE OF THE BEST 





6/30/91 


6/30/92 


Northern California Ranking 


35 


23 


SF Chronicle (Based on ROI) 




Top California Companies 
LA Times 


45 


27 


Forbes 200 Ranking 


162 


120 


Repeat Companies 




66 out of 88 


Business Week 100 Ranking 


67 


83 

26 out of 100 



1-1 



MAXIM CHOSEN AS MCHE MARKET IC 
SUPPLIER OF THE YEAR FOR 1991 




' DataQuest survey ol purchasing 
management al lop 250 electronics 



DalaOuest trie. 
> 10 



Exceience in Customer Service, Ouafty. 
Price, Oetvery end lecMcal Support 

yuvixi/i/i 



MAXIM'S CLASS 10 FAB 

e State-of-the-Art Equipment 

- Steppers - Plasma Etch 

- Implant - PECVD 

- RP Epi - HIPOX 

e Rejects <5% 

e Tight Statistical Process Control 
e Short Cycling Times 

. Fabricating 5 Major Process Technologies 
. Supplying 85% of Current Wafer Demand 



/UylXlyVl 




THE 200 BEST SMALL COMPANIES 



How we define best 



-yviyixiyn- 



MAXIM INTRODUCES MORE NEW 
PRODUCTS THAN ANY OTHER 
ANALOG COMPANY 



500 — 
450 — 
400 — 
350 — 
300 — 
250 — 
200 — 
150 — 
100 — 
50 — 




433 

iajujui, 

212-3 



SECOND SOURCE PRODUCTS 



PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS 







GROWTH IN SALES PER QUARTER 
(MILLIONS $) 




-i — r— i — i— i — i i i i i i i — i i i — r— i — i i i i i 

01 Q2 Q3 Q4 Ol 02 03 04 01 02 03 04 Ql 02 OJ 04 Q1 02 Q3 Q4 01 02 
FY87 FV8S 



1-2 



2CC Cmall Companies 

Forbes 

THE NOT 

SO PEACEFUL \ 
WORLD OF 

GREENPEACE / 



INTERFACE 



• Space-Saving Transceivers 

• Low Power RS-232 

• 3V RS-232 Transceivers 

• Multiple Serial Ports 

• Increased Data Rate 

• RS-485/RS-422 Devices 

• Display Drivers 



A COMPLETE DTE INTERFACE 














20 


lZ 




19 


Gl 




18 


4 


MAX235 


17 


s 










a 



























>I/I>JXI>I/I_ 



2-1 



WHAT DO YOU WANT IN A 
SERIAL INTERFACE? 



LOWF 



PACKAGES 
MULTIPLE PARTS PER PACKAGE 
SMALL CAPACITOR RANGE: 0.1 TO 1nF 

LOW OPERATING POWER 
LOW POWER SHUTDOWN MODE 
RECEIVERS ACTIVE IN SHUTDOWN MODE 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 5V AND 3.3V \ 



/nyixiyn- 




TWO RS-232 SERIAL PORTS ON A 
SINGLE CHIP 



Device 


No. of 
RS-232 
Drivers 


No. 01 RS- 
232 
Receivers 


External 
Capacitors 


Shutdown & 
Three-State 
Outputs 


Control Pins 


Pin- 
Package 


Transmitter 
Enable 


Receiver 
Enable 


MAX244 


a 


10 


1uF 


N 


None 


None 


44 t'LCC 


MAX245 


e 


10 


Nona 


Y 


ENT controls 
8 Transmitters 


ENR controls 8 
Receivers, 2 
Receivers always 
Active 


40PDIP 


MAX246 


e 


10 


Nona 


Y 


ENTA controls 4 "A" Transmitters A 4 
"A" Receivers 


4QPDIP 


ENTB controls 4 "B" Transmitters S 4 
"8- Receivers. 2 Receivers always 
Active 


MAX247 


8 


9 


None 


Y 


ENTA controls 4 
'A* Transmitters. 
ENTB controls 4 
"B" Transmitters 


ENRA controls * 

'B" Receivers. 1 
Receiver always 
Active 


40PDIP 


MAX248 8 


8 


ij.F y 


ENTA controls 4 
'A' Transmitters 
ENTB conlrois 4 

fBJMIfl "r.'S 


ENRA controls 4 
lAlflficeivers. 
ENRB conlrois 4 
'8' Receivers 


44 PLCC 


MAX249 E 


10 


IpF V 


ENTA controls 3 
A' T'ar.s^-rtrs 
ENTB controls 3 
'B' Transmitters 


ENRA controls S 

ENRB controls 5 
-B-Rece-yers . 


44 PLCC 



_yi/iyjxi/u_ 



Many designers today need compactness, 
low power, speed, and isolation. The consumer 
perceives small size and low power as attractive 
and more valuable. These perceptions extend to 
equipment that implements a serial interface. 

Maxim offers a wide variety of packages for 
EIA-232 and EIA-562 parts. Included are 44 pin 
Plastic Leadless Chip Carrier (PLCC), 0.6inch DIP, 
0.3inch DIP, wide and narrow Small Outline (SO), 
and the new Shrink Small Outline Package 
(SSOP). 

Minimum power consumption is a frequent 
goal of serial interface designers. Power can be 
conserved in several ways. The first solution is to 
use a MAX220 that operates on only 10mW 
quiescent power, plus 1 6mW per transmitter used. 
Second, use devices that have a shutdown mode 
for applications where communication is 
intermittent. As the shutdown state becomes a 
larger percentage of the operation mode, the 
average power consumption decreases, down to 
the minimum of 1 0uA when shut down (MAX220). 

The last approach is to use a circuit that 
operates from 3.3V supply. Devices that have the 
same number of transmitters and receivers but are 
designed to operate on 3.3V will consume about 
1 /4 the power of 5V powered parts. The majority 
of this power savings results from the decreased 
transmitter output voltage swing. Bear in mind that 
capacitive loading of the transmitters causes 
increased power consumption, especially at high 
transmission rates, so short cables help keep 
power consumption low. A graph showing power 
savings at various loads and data sheets is shown 
later, in the section on EIA-562 transceivers. 

Maxim now offers devices in the new Shrink 
Small Outline Package (SSOP). Compare the old 
Small Outline (SO) to the new SSOP package: the 
new SSOP package occupies 43% of the area of a 
28 pin SO package and only 1 4% of the area of a 
28 pin 0.6 inch wide DIP. 



Having many transmitters and receivers in 
one package facilitates building small pieces of 
equipment. The MAX244-249 are all capable of 
creating two complete EIA-232 serial interface 
ports. As single chips, they have more transmitters 
and receivers than parts from any other 
manufacturer. In addition, the transmitter outputs 
enter a high impedance condition when shut down. 
Specific receivers stay active in the shutdown 
mode to allow a remote system to reduce power 
and then be reactivated by external command. The 
receivers have an output enable / disable control to 
facilitate connection to a tri-state bus. 



2-2 



New 
Part 
Number 


Mutnhnr t\t 

l*GUIIBUY7l Ul 

RS-232 
Drivers 


Number of 

RS-232 
Receivers 


Guaranteed 
Min Slew 
Rate 

(V/us) 


Pins Per 
PscIchqo 

— 


Pin 
Compatible 

For 


MAX201 


2 


2 






MAX231 


MAX202 








16 


MAX232 


MAX204 


4 





3 


16 


MAX234 


MAX207 


5 


3 


3 


24 


MAX237 


MAX208 


4 


4 


3 


24 


MAX238 


MAX232A 


2 


2 


6 


16 


MAX232 



.yuyixi/fi- 



features. There is a variety of devices sharing the 
functionality and pin configurations of the original 
MAX23X series of parts. 



MAX202 SUPPLY CURRENT 
vs. LOAD CAPACITANCE 




yui/jxi/n_ 



A typical question is: "How much power or 
supply current is required for my serial interface?" 
Usually the answer is: "There are a several things 
to take into consideration before I can answer. For 
example, which part are you thinking of using? Will 
all the transmitters be used? What is the maximum 
data rate?" One question that also affects the 
supply current but has no fixed answer is: How 
much capacitance must be driven? This is usually 
beyond the control of the designer but it does 
deserve some thought, as supply current increases 
both with increasing data rate and with increasing 
capacitive load. The conditions for this graph for 
the MAX202 are: 5.0V supply voltage; both 
transmitters are loaded with 3k£2. 



RS-232 TRANSCEIVERS THAT USE 
0.1 u.F CAPACITORS 

Devices With Control Inputs 



Part 
Number 


Number 

of 
RS-232 
Drivers 


Number 

of 
RS-232 
Receivers 


Guaranteed 
Min Slew 
Rate 

(V/us) 


Shutdown/ 
Three- 
State 
Controls 


Pins Per 
Package 


Pin 
Compatible 
Upgrade 


MAX200 


5 





3 


Yes/No 


20 


MAX230 


MAX206 


4 


3 


3 


Yes/Yes 


24 


MAX236 


MAX209 


3 


5 


3 


No/Yes 


24 


MAX239 


MAX210 


5 


5 


3 


Yes/Yes 


44 


MAX240 


MAX211 


4 


5 


3 


Yes/Yes 


28 


MAX241 


MAX222 


2 


2 


6 


Yes/Yes 


18 


LT1081 


MAX242 2 2 6 


Yes/Yes 


18 





ynvixiyn 



The parts in this table also use four small 
0.1 uF external capacitors for the charge pumps 
and have various combinations of transmitters and 
receivers. The new feature of this list is the use of 
control pins to shut down the charge pump or to put 
the receiver outputs into a three-state (high 
impedance) condition. The MAX222 controls both 
the charge-pump shutdown and the receiver output 
enable modes with a single pin. The MAX242 is 
similar, but with a separate control for each of these 
functions. 



2-3 



MAX241 SUPPLY CURRENT 
vs. LOAD CAPACITANCE 




2500 3000 
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF) 



RS-232 TRANSCEIVERS THAT 
DON'T NEED CAPACITORS 



Pan 
Number 


No. of 
RS-232 
Drivers 


No. of 
RS-232 
Receivers 


Guaranteed 
Min Slew 
Rate (Vina) 


Shutdown & 
Three-State 
Outputs 


Packaging 


CompaUWa 


DIP 

Pins/Width 


Pln^Wktth 


MAX22S 


f> 


5 




YwYas ] 


261300 




MAX203 


2 


2 


—fen 


NWNo 


2fV3O0 




MAX233 


MAX233A 


2 


2 


6 


NoMo 


20/300 


2O300 


MAX233 


MAX205 


5 


5 


3 


YWYm 


24/300 




MAX235 


MAX245 


a 




5 


Y«Yes 








MAX246 


8 


— ?— 


5 


YasTYes 








MAX247 


i 


'0 


5 


YasrYes 


40*00 







This graph shows the supply current 
requirements for the 4 transmitter MAX241. For 
the purpose of the test, each output is loaded with 
3kQ and all outputs are being driven at the same 
data rate. In practice, one driver generally 
transmits at a high data rate, and the others handle 
rather slower rates of control and handshaking 
information. When this is the case, the current 
consumption is significantly less than that shown in 
the graph. 

Note that the MAX241 can easily 
accommodate the 116kbps data rate becoming 
popular with laptop-to-desktop PC 
communications, even in the unlikely event of long 
(high capacitance) cables being used. 

The MAX223 (which has the same pin out 
as the MAX241, but with inverted control input 
polarity) allows 2 receivers to stay active in the 
shutdown mode, enabling the serial interface to 
listen for external activity while consuming minimal 
power. 



The parts in this table require NO external 
capacitors for the charge pump. All charge pump 
capacitors are inside the package, reducing the 
assembly cost for your application. Shutdown and 
receiver-output-enable controls are also included, 
along with various combinations of transmitters and 
receivers. 



HYBRIDS FOR SMALL SOLUTIONS 



MAX225 



0.3INCH 
28PINS 



C UAX235 □ 

C U 

c □ 

c □ 

C 3 



0.6 INCH 
24PINS 
DIP 



5Tx 
. 5Rx 
— NO EXTERNAL 
CAPACITORS 



_>uyixiyvi 



One of the benefits of incorporating the 
capacitors inside the package is that the pin-count 
can be reduced. For example, the MAX205 and 
MAX235 are in 24 pin packages, but would have to 
be in 40 pin packages if external capacitors were 
used. External capacitors take up a total of six pins. 
The MAX225 (which has the same functions as the 
MAX235) actually comes in a 28 pin package, but 
saves space by using a 0.3 inch wide DIP rather 
than the much larger 0.6 inch wide DIP. 



2-4 



WHAT MORE DO YOU WANT IN A 
SERIAL INTERFACE? 



SPEED: MEET AND EXCEED EIA-232/562 OFFICIAL LIMITS 

GUARANTEED DATA RATE TO 116kbps 
EIA-485/422 FOR HIGHER DATA RATES 



ISOLATION: GROUND LOOP ELIMINATION 
SAFETY 

GRADES: 500VRMS 

1500VRMS UL RECOGNIZED 



_>nv*xi>vi- 



MAX202 TRANSMITTER OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
vs. LOAD CAPACITANCE 





! 1 1 1 

Vcc - 5.0V 

ROTH ni ITPI ITR I n&DFD llf * r., 




















20Kbps 














































































60kbps" 1 




























































120kbps 































2000 2500 3000 
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF) 



CHOOSE A +3.3V TRANSCEIVER 
AND SAVE POWER 





+3.3V 
ElA-562 
(MAX561) 


+5V 
EIA-232 
(MAX241) 


QuiescenI Power 


27mW 


75mW 


Dala rale 


64kbps 


20kbps 


Tx Output Voltage, Min 


±3.7V 


+5V 


Rx Input Threshold. Min 


±3V 


+3V 


Rx Input Voltage, Max 


±30V 


±30V 


Rx Input Resistance 


3kfi to 7kO 


3kfi to7kn 


Instantaneous Slew Rate 


<30V/ l is 




<30V/u5 



->MyiXI>M. 



The EIA-232 and EIA-562 specifications 
apply to data rates of up to 20kbps when driving 
2500pF, and EIA-562 allows data rates up to 
64kbps when driving 1000pF. However, many 
people routinely use data rates above 1 00kbps, or 
drive capacitive loads of up to 5000pF. Several of 
Maxim's EIA-232 devices are guaranteed to 
operate at 1 16kbps with 2500pF loads, and drive 
2500pF loads at 64kbps. 
Isolation 

Isolation does more than provide fault 
protection. When EIA-232 lines join computers 
and terminals in separate buildings or different 
floors in the same building, ground differences and 
ground-current noise can be severe if earth-ground 
connections are at different potentials. Differences 
of only a few volts can interrupt communications, 
or even damage equipment if current flows are not 
limited. Isolation eliminates this problem by level 
shifting from one potential to another. 

Some sensitive analog electronic circuits 
can easily be upset by noise picked up by the 
EIA-232 cable. The cable acts as an antenna, and 
high frequency noise can find its way through the 
EIA-232 device, through the power supply, and into 
sensitive analog circuits. This noise can be 
dramatically attenuated by using a low capacitance 
isolation device, such as the MAX250/1 12 series, to 
prevent noise from the EIA-232 cable coupling 
back into the equipment. 

As designers push the data rate above 
20kbps they must remember that the power supply 
sections of these EIA-232 devices can only convert 
a limited amount of power. More power is required 
at higher data rates, and when higher capacitance 
loads are driven. As a result, higher data rates can 
be used only with lower capacitance loads, while 
more capacitance can be driven at lower data rates. 
The EIA-232 specification calls for 5V minimum at 
the transmitter outputs. If these outputs are less 
than 5V, you need to reduce the capacitive load, 
reduce the data rate, or choose a faster device. 



Before the MAX232 was developed by 
Maxim, many quasi-232 interfaces were 
implemented with 5V power supplies. Output 
levels from these transmitters did not meet the 
letter of the EIA-232 law, but they worked well with 
light capacitive loads (short cable lengths) and 
were often used successfully at data rates above 
20kbps. The success of these designs is owed 
mostly to EIA-232's 2V margin between its 5V 
minimum transmitter output specification (not met 
by 5V designs) and its 3V receiver input thresholds. 
In practice, most EIA-232 receivers will accept 
even TTL levels. 



2-5 



POWER CONSUMPTION vs. LOAD CAPACITANCE 
FOR MAX241 AND MAX561 



I 



4TRJ 


INSMITTERS LOA 


DED 3k i 


Cl 






















116kbps 




















80kbps 
































MAX241 

Vcc - 5.0V 




































MAX561 
Vcc -3.3V 


















116kbps 
























20kpps 





























LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF) 



RS-562 TRANSCEIVERS 



Number 


vXge 
Rancje 


Number 

of 
RS-562 
Drivers 


Number 

of 
RS-562 
Receivers 


Number of 
Receivers 
Active in 
Shutdown 


Shutdown/ 
Three- 
State 
Controls 


Pins Per 


MAX560 


3.0 to 5.5 


4 


5 


2 


Yes/Yes 


28 


MAX561 


3.0 to 5.5 


4 


5 





Yes Yes 


28 


MAX562 


2.7 to 5.5 


3 


5 


5 


Yes/Yes 


28 



.ynyjxiyu- 



A new standard, EIA-562, has been written 
to cover these 5V circumstances. It differs from 
EIA-232 mainly in driver output levels and data 
rates. Not only does it form a useful standard in its 
own right, but it offers interoperability with EIA-232 
interfaces. The use of lower driver output voltages 
and the same receiver input resistances (compared 
with EIA-232) offers the advantage of much lower 
power consumption to designers of portable 
equipment. It is often these portable computing 



It is often 1 
devices that need highc 
have long cables, making 
choice. 




and do not 
the obvious 



The savings in power can exceed 50% when 
a +3.3V supply is used to power EIA-562 IC's. This 
graph illustrates how much power can be saved at 
three data rates up to 1 16kbps. As always, higher 
capacitive loads cause higher power consumption. 



Presently Maxim offers three EIA-562 parts. 
Each incorporates charge pumps to generate dual 
supply rails from a single supply of 3.0V to 5.5V 
(the MAX562 operates with a supply voltage down 
to 2.7V). All three can be shut down to save power, 
and have a receiver enable / disable control to allow 
connection to a tri-state bus. The MAX560 and 
MAX562 have receivers active in the shutdown 
mode to allow a remote system to reduce power 
and then be reactivated by an external command. 



ISOLATED RS-232 IN ONE PACKAGE 
MAX252 



REDUCE COMPLEXITY 

• No External Components 

• SOnW Low Power Shutdown 

• Single +SV Supply 

• 2 Transmitters & 2 Receivers 

• 1500VRMS Isolation (1 second) - MAX2S2A 



Break 
Ground Loops 




./i/iyixiyM- 



The original isolated RS-232 family 
comprises the MAX250/251 chip set, the 500V 
MAX252B, and the 1500V UL Recognized 
MAX252A. Contact Maxim for status on higher 
isolation voltage parts and VDE compliance. 



2-6 







^ Vcc 






71 p 

7J B 






"H * 

— 1 






"si GND 



• INDUSTRY STANDARD PINOUT, LOW POWER CMOS CONSTRUCTION 

• MAX485: LOW POWER - 500u A WITH TX DISABLED 

• MAX481 : CONSUMES ONLY 10(iA WHEN Tx AND Rx DISABLED 

• MAX483: 3V/ns SLEW RATE FOR LOWER EMI & REFLECTIONS 



DISPELLING THE MYTHS OF 
CMOS RS-232 

• ESD 

• LATCHUP 

• DATA RATE 

• DRIVE CAPABILITY 



-vnyjxiyi/L 



ESD PROTECTION 
GREATER THAN 4000V 

. MAX230-241 FAMILY GREATER THAN 4000V 
• MAX2O0-21 1 FAMILY GREATER THAN 4000V 
. PROPRIETARY OUTPUT STRUCTURE 



yUI>1XI>VI- 



reflections are important. 

The MAX485 incorporates the industry 
standard pinout, and operates on 500uA with the 
transmitter disabled. During transmission, the load 
presented by the 50£2 cable and termination 
dominate the power consumption. 

The MAX481 is similar, but can be shutdown 
completely, so that in very power-conscious 
applications the quiescent current drops below 
1 0uA. Like the MAX485, the supply current is only 
500nA when the receiver is active and the 
transmitter is shut down. 

The MAX483 can be shut down to 10uA 
supply current, like the MAX481 , but in addition the 
MAX483 draws only 200uA when the receiver is 
active and the transmitter is disabled. 

Although the RS-485 specification permits 
high data rates (up to 10Mbps), most RS-485 
interfaces operate below 120kbps. High speed 
transmissions have rapid transition times (slew 
rates of up to 300V/us), which easily generate 
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). The 
MAX483's at 3V/|is slew rate substantially reduces 
EMI, but still allows data rates of up to 150kbps. 
And because we've used the industry standard pin 
configuration, the choice is yours. 



Myths about CMOS RS-232 Interface 
devices have propagated since Maxim invented 
these products several years ago. Because of 
weaknesses in older CMOS technologies, it is 
sometimes assumed (and promoted by our 
competitors) that CMOS interface ICs are 
somehow inferiorto bipolar with regard to reliability. 
As the following slides show, this is far from true. 
In addition, data rate and drive capability for CMOS 
are the highest in the industry. 



Maxim's CMOS RS-232 device families 
excel in ESD protection. Several families' ESD 
stress ratings exceed 2000V; some exceed 4000V. 
This capability is brought about by a proprietary 
Maxim output structure. ESD testing to 2000V is 
done to 883 (Class B, Rev. C) standards using the 
human body model outlined in Method 3015. 



2-7 



I 



FASTEST DATA RATES 
IN THE INDUSTRY 



• MAX230-241: 

• MAX200-211: 

• MAX222-243: 

• MAX244-249: 



116kb/sec 
116kb/sec 

116kb/sec GUARANTEED 
116kb/sec 




Vcc - 5 00V. I - SffliHz 
RlOAD - 2 97W) AND 2500pF 
DRIVING 3 TRANSMITTERS 



_yi4>jxi>vi- 



After ESD, the biggest concern of users of 
CMOS is latchup. Maxim CMOS RS-232 devices 
absolutely do not latch under both normal or fault 
conditions; e.g., a transmitter output can short to 
any other transmitter output without incident. 
Extensive testing of every manufacturing lot 
continually verifies this capability. Each pin of 
every device is subjected to a 200mA current 
stress, the most stringent test in the industry. 



Maxim's original single-5V-supply RS-232 
transceivers (introduced in 1 985) were designed to 
meet the RS-232 20kb/sec data rate spec. 
Customer needs for higher speed have resulted in 
improvements allowing operation at 1 1 6kb/sec and 
above. Devices guaranteed to operate at 
1 1 6kb/sec typically operate at 200kb/sec. No other 
RS-232 transceivers deliver higher performance. 



DON'T TRAP YOUR MOUSE 
WITH BIPOLAR 

• MAXIM'S CMOS - SUPERIOR DRIVE FOR MICE 
BIPOLAR VSAT REDUCES OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



. 10mA AT 5V TRANSMITTER OUTPUTS 




yi/iyixiyi/i ) 



CMOS charge pumps inside Maxim's 5V 
RS-232 tranceivers provide higher output voltages 
for powering mice than their bipolar counterparts. 
Bipolar charge pumps have an inherent loss due to 
internal transistor forward voltage drops. This 
frequently makes their output voltage inadequate 
at the current levels needed by even low-power 
mice. Maxim's charge pumps are made with 
low-resistance CMOS switches to easily meet the 
supply needs of mice. 



MAX7219 7-SEGMENT 8-DIGIT 
DISPLAY DRIVER 



mmmammmm 



LOAD 
CLOCK 








ynyjxiyn. 



MAX7219: EASY INTERFACE 
FROM \iP TO LEDs 

. 3-Wire Serial Interface - Easily Cascaded 



• Only One External 



(1 Resistor) 



• 8 Digits Plus DP, or 64 LEDs, or Combinations of Digits 
and LEDs 

• Set Intensity Two Ways: 

External Resistor 
Microprocessor Control 

• ISOliA Shutdown Mode 

• Decode/No-Decode Display Modes 



The MAX7219 7-Segment 8-Digit Display 
Driver includes a 3-wire serial interface, making it 
easy to use and easy to cascade for large displays. 
When data is sent to cascaded drivers, a No-Op 
(No-Operation) command allows selected drivers 
to remain unaffected while other ones are updated. 
Display intensity, set with an external resistor, is 
also digitally adjustable via the serial interface. A 
shutdown mode is also available, but the MAX721 9 
can still be programmed when shut down. Other 
features include a Decode/No-decode Mode and 
digital control of number of digits displayed (1-8). 
The MAX7219 can control 64 LEDs individually or 
numerous combinations of digits and discrete 
LEDs. 



DRIVING 4 INCH LED DISPLAYS 
MAX7219 



ANODE F 
ANODE B 

ANODE C 
ANODE E 
ANODE D 



CATHODE1 



5 



■4 



LOAD* 
CLOCK ► 



din dig; 

LOAD DIG 
CLK [HO 



*~ NCi NCMcoui |fin 



» COM3 
NOI-NO. COM. 



ANO4107SCU 



Large LED displays require much more 
power than conventional 0.3" seven-segment 
LEDs. As shown in the figure, driving large digits is 
not difficult with the MAX7219 because the 
segment drivers can source 40mA. A MAX333 
quad SPDT switch level-shifts the MAX721 9 drive 
signals to external digit-drive transistors. This 
accommodates the 8V forward drop of the display 
segments, which are formed by series-connected 
LEDs. The 1N5524B Zener diode is added to 
control decimal point intensity because the DP 
(only one LED) forward voltage is approximately 5V 
less than that of each segment. 



2-9 



gi losiing can occur oecause me driver s relatively 
high output impedance can't handle the segment 
capacitance (several nanofarads) often found in 
LCD digits larger than 1 ". 

This problem is solved by buffering each 
common line of the MAX7231 8-digit triplexed LCD 
driver/decoder with an op amp. The display driver 
and triple op amp (MAXIM ICL7631) operate 
between 5V and ground, and the COM signals 
range from 5V to approximately 1 V. To assure that 
these signals remain within the amplifiers' 
common-mode range, they are attenuated and 
then amplified by a gain of two. The circuit drives 
eight 1-inch displays and is suitable for ambient 
temperature variations of 15*F or less. At the 
highest temperature, adjust R1 so that no "off" 
segments are visible. 



MAXIM'S DISPLAY DRIVERS/COUNTERS 



Part No. 


Type 


Drive Capability 


Interface 


Features 


MAX7231 


LCD 


8 Digits (7-segment plus 2 annunciators) 


6-Bit, Parallel 


Triplexed 


MAX7232 


LCD 


1 Digits (7-segment plus 2 annun- 
ciators) 


uP, Serial 


Triplexed 


MAX7233 


LCD 


4 18-segment characters 


6-Bit, Parallel 


Triplexed 


MAX7234 


LCD 


5 1 8-segment characters 


uP, Serial 


Triplexed 


MM74C945 


LCD 


4 Digits (7-segment) 


Control Logic 


Non-multiplexed Up/Down Counter 


MM74C947 


LCD 


4 Digits (7-segment) 


Control Logic 


Non-multiplexed Up/Down Counter 


ICM721 1 


LCD 


4 Digits (7-segment) 


jtP or Multiplexed BCD 


Hex, BCD and Code B Fonts 


ICM7212 


CA. LED 


4 Digits (7-segment) 


u.P or Multiplexed BCD 


Hex, BCD and Code B Fonts 


ICM7217 


CA. LED 


4 Digits 


Multiplexed BCD I/O 


Up/Down Counter (9999 max) 


ICM7217A 


CC. LED 


4 Digits 


Multiplexed BCD I/O 


Up/Down Counter (9999 max) 


ICM7217B 


CA. LED 


4 Digits 


Multiplexed BCD I/O 


Up/Down Modulo 60 Counter (5959 max) 


ICM7217C 


CC LED 


4 Digits 


Multiplexed BCD I/O 


Up/Down Modulo 60 Counter (5959 max) 


ICM7224 


LCD 


4 1/2 Digits 


Control Logic 


Non-multiplexed Counter 


ICM7225 


CA. LED 


4 1/2 Digits 


Control Logic 


Non-multiplexed Counter 


ICM7218/ICM7228 


CA./CC LED 


8 Digits (7-segment plus 1 annunciator) 


|iP, Serial or Parallel 


Hex, BCD, Code B plus No Decode Fonts 


MAX7219 


CC LED 


8 Digits (7-segment plus 1 annunciator) 


3-Wire Serial 


Code B or No Decode Fonts 



Note: 

CA. = Common Anode CC = Common Cathode 
V 




2-10 



|LiP SUPERVISORS 



POWER LINE 
MONITORING 



vcc 



+4.65V 




WATCHDOG 
TIMER 



WDI 



J<*L 


* TIMER 


WDO 


DETECT 







MEMORY 
BACKUP 



Vcc 




vi/iyjxiwi 



3-1 



Supervisory circuits perform the "messy" 
analog monitoring and housekeeping functions 
required to keep a microprocessor (uP) circuit from 
malfunctioning. These features fall into three 
categories: power line monitoring, memory 
protection, and watchdog facilities. In detail, the 
functions include: 

- Asserting reset during conditions of invalid 
uP supply voltage. 

- Holding reset asserted for a minimum 
amount of time, typically 140ms, to allow enough 
time for the entire system to clear its state (allowing 
time for capacitors to discharge for example). 

- Warning of main power fail by sensing the 
unregulated voltage fed to the main regulator. 

- Detecting software infinite loops by 
resetting the system if an I/O line has not toggled 
within 1 .6 seconds (watchdog). 

- Switching RAM to backup power when the 
main power fails to preserve its contents. 

- Gating chip-enable signals to prevent 
writing to memory when the supply voltage is low. 



Different uPs require different flavors of 
supervision. F or exam ple, Motorola |iPs tend to 
have active low RESET inputs while Intel uPs have 
active high RESET inputs. Motorola uPs like to 
have long reset pulse widths, about 100ms, while 
Intel |iPs tolerate pulse widths less than 50ms. 
Earl yversion softhe Motorola MC68HC1 1 required 
that RESET stay low even as Vcc fell to 1 V. 

The variety of memory technologies 
available also adds different requirements to 
memory backup. Static RAMs retain data with as 
little as 2V at 2uA applied to their Vcc pins, while 
most Pseudo Static RAMs (PSRAMs) need at least 
4V at 100uA. PSRAMs, like DRAMs, need to be 
refreshed, requiring either an external clock or a 
signal that tells the PSRAM to refresh itself. 

MAXIM provides a wide selection of uP 
supervisor ICs, allowing just the right combination 
of features for the particular liP used. 



Part 
Number 


Nominal 
Reset 
Threshold 


Minimum 
Reset 
Pulse 
Width 


Watchdog 
Timeout 
Period 


Watchdog 
Out 


Backup 
Batt 
Switch 


Max 
CE 
Prop 
Delay 


Power 
Fail 
Comparator 


Manual 
Reset 
Input 


Low 
Line 
Out 


Active 
High 
Reset 


Batt 
On 
Output 


Pins 


Max 
Supply 
Current 


MAX690* 


4.65V 


35ms 


1.6s 




✓ 




✓ 










8 DIP 


5mA 


MAX691* 


4.65V 


35ms/adj. 


100ms/1.6s/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


200ns 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


16 DIP. SO 


5mA 


MAX692* 


44V 


35ms 


1.6s 




✓ 




✓ 










8 DIP 


5mA 


MAX693* 


4.4V 


35ms/adj. 


100ms/1.6s/adi. 


✓ 


✓ 


200ns 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


16 DIP. SO 


5mA 


MAXb'14 1 


4.65V 


140ms 


1.6s 




✓ 




✓ 










8 DIP 


5mA 


MAX695* 


4.65V 


140ms/adi. 


100ms/1.6s/adi. 


✓ 


✓ 


200ns 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


16 DIP. SO 


5mA 


MAX696 


adj. 


35ms/adi. 


100ms/1.6s/adi. 




✓ 




✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


16 DIP, SO 


4mA 


MAX697 


adj. 


35ms/ad| 


100ms/1 ,6s/adj. 






150ns 


✓ 






✓ 




16 DIP, SO 


300nA 


MAX698* 


4.65V 


140ms 
















SOonlv 




8 DIP, 16 SO 


5mA 


MAX699* 


4.65V 


140ms 


1.6s 


SO only 












SO only 




8 DIP, 16 SO 


5mA 


MAX700 


4.65V/adi. 


200ms 












✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, SO 


200mA 


MAX701* 


4.65V 


200ms 












✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, SO 


200uA 


MAX702- 


465V 


200ms 












✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


200uA 


MAX703 


4.65V 


140ms 






✓ 




✓ 


✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX704 


4.4 V 


140ms 






✓ 




✓ 


✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX705 


465V 


^140ms 


1.6s 


✓ 






✓ 


✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX706 


4 4V 


140ms 


1.6s 


✓ 






✓ 


✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


350tiA 


MAX706R 


3.08V 


140ms 


1.6s 


✓ 






✓ 










8 DIP, SO 


350mA 


MAX706S 


2.93V 


140ms 


1.6s 


✓ 






✓ 


✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX706T 


2.93V 


140ms 


1.6s 


✓ 






✓ 


✓ 








8 DIP, SO 


350U.A 


MAX707 


4.65V 


140ms 










✓ 


✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, SO 


350U.A 


MAX708 


4.4V 


140ms 










✓ 


✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, SO 


350nA 


MAX708R 


3.08 


140ms 










✓ 


✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, 30 


350|iA 


MAX708S 


2.93V 


140ms 










✓ 


✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX708T 


2.63V 


140ms 










✓ 


✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX690A 


4.65V 


140ms 


1.6s 




✓ 




✓ 










8 DIP, SO 


350uA 


MAX691 A 


4.65V 


140ms/ad|. 


1.6s/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


10ns 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


16 DIP, SO 


70vA 


MAX692A 


4.4V 


140ms 


1.6s 




✓ 




✓ 










8 DIP, SO 


350nA 


MAX693A 


4.4V 


140ms/adi. 


1.6s/adi. 


✓ 


✓ 


10ns 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


16 DIP, SO 


70uA 


MAX791 


4.65V 


200ms 


1.6 


✓ 


✓ 


10ns 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


16 DIP, SO 


70mA 


MAX1232 


4.65V/4.4V 


250ms 


150/600/1 200ms 










✓ 




✓ 




8 DIP, 8/16 SO 


200|iA 


MAX1259 










✓ 














16 DIP, SO 


3.3mA 



-- Not recommended for new designs 



>i/i>jxiyi/i. 



3-2 



ENHANCED VERSIONS OF THE 
MAX690 FAMILY 

• Pin and Functionally Compatible with MAX690A-693A Family 

* Low Supply Current ft~ 

MAX690A/692: 350fc»A max 
MAX691A/693A: 70«A max 



• Low RON Switch Connects Vcc to Vout 



• RESET Not Triggered When Backup Battery Removed 

• Simple SuperCap™ Backup Circuit 



• Guaranteed RESET Valid at Vcc = 1V 

• Battery Voltages As High As VCC-0.3V Allowed 



-vviyJxiyM- 



ENHANCED VERSIONS OF THE 
MAX690 FAMILY 

• Pin and Functionally Compatible with MAX690-693 Family 

• Low Supply Current 

MAX690A/692A: 350|lA max 
MAX691A/693A: 70uA max 

• Low Ron Swttch Connects Vcc to VoUT 

MAX690A/S92: 5£2 
MAX691A/693A: 0.511 



• RESET Not Triggered When Backup Battery Removed 



• Guaranteed RESET Valid at Vcc = 1V 

• Battery Voltages As High As Vccmln«03V Allowed 

yviyixiyvi. 



The MAX690A provides a number of 
enhancements to the MAX690 while remaining pin 
compatible. The reset pulse width of the MAX690A 
is 140ms minimum instead of the original 
MAX690's 35ms. In fact the MAX690A could just 
as easily have been named the MAX694A since it 
has the same reset threshold and pulse width. 
Likewise the MAX691A, in addition to being 
compatible with the MAX691 , also upgrades the 
MAX695. The longer reset pulse widths give 
pr ocessors like the MC68000 series enough time 
to RESET. 

LATCH-UP PROOF OPERATION 

The entire MAX690A-MAX693A series 
guarantees freedom from latch-up with as much as 
±50mA of current through the protection diodes at 
each pin. This can be extremely important in 
applications where the Vbatt pin is grounded and 
Vcc is switched on, off and on again in a short 
period. As Vcc falls, capacitance in the |iP system 
can hold voltages at Vout, PFI or WDI up at +5V, 
pouring many milliamps of current through the pin 
protection diodes. Other manufacturer's 
supervisory parts may latch up in this 
circumstance. Once latched up, if Vcc is not given 
a chance to fall all the way to ground before the 
power is applied again, the part will be "stuck" and the 
uP system will be held in reset until the next complete 
power down. 



SIMPLE 8051 INTERFACE 




T LITHIUM 
I BATTERY 



The MAX691 A and MAX693A have an open 
drain RESET output which simplifies interfacing to 
uP's with active high reset inputs. The RESET 
input on any uP will have a protection diode to Vcc- 
When Vcc falls to ground this diode provides a 
current path through the |iP RESET pin to ground. 
Since the MAX691 A and MAX693A never source 
current from the RESET output, the backup battery 
will not be discharged when Vcc falls. Note that 
the pull-up resistor is connected to Vcc, NOT to 
Vout. 



3-3 



SIMPLE SUPERCAP™ 
BACKUP CIRCUIT 




TO SRAM Vcc 



•OR ONE OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS: M AX69 1 A -M AX693A . MAX703. MAX704. MAX791 

/nyjxiyi/i- 



RESET VALID TO Vcc = OV 
WITHOUT BATTERY 



ACTIVE HIGH RESET 

SYSTEM Vcc 



ACTIVE LOW RESET 

SYSTEM Vcc 





•ANY MAXIM PART WITH ACTIVE HIGH RESET CAN BE USED 

■■ OR ONE OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS: MAX691 A-MAX693A MAX703 MAX708. MAX791 



.yi/iyjxiyn_ 



LOW COST SUPERVISORY ICs INCLUDE 
MANUAL RESET INPUTS 

MAX703 — MAX708 

• Active Low RESET 

• Manual Reset Input 

• Power Fail Comparator 
MAX703 AND MAX704 

• 5£2 Battery Backup Switch 
MAX705 AND MAX706 

• Separate Watchdog and Reset Outputs 
MAX707 AND MAX708 

• Active High RESET 
MAX703/705/707 

. 4.65V RESET Threshold 
MAX704/706/708 

• 4.4V RESET Threshold yHyjXI^H 



High value capacitors can supplant lithium 
or NiCd batteries in applications requiring relatively 
short backup times. With microamp level backup 
load currents, a 0.47 Farad "SuperCap™" can 
keep static RAM memory backed up for several 
days. The 1 N4148 will charge the capacitor up to 
Vcc-0.6V very quickly, and its leakage current will 
charge the capacitor up to Vcc in a few hou rs. This 
is OK since the MAX690A will not trigger a RESET 
pulse if Vbatt exceeds Vcc. 



r 



Without enough gate drive, CMOS outputs 
lose their ability to sink and source current. An 
open drain output with an external pull-up resistor 
will rise to Vcc when the supply voltage falls so low 
that the output loses the ability to sink current. This 
is fine for active high RESET inputs (because 
RESET becomes asserted as t he powe r fails), but 
is unacceptable for active low RESET inputs (as 
they would be de-asserted as the p ower fails ). 

Some uP's require that RESET stay 
asserted down to Vcc = 0.8V. M AXIM's newest 
supervisory parts have RESET outputs which 
actively source current as well as sink, so they do 
not need pull-up resistors and they can tolerate 
pull-down res istors. If a pull-down resistor is 
attached, the RESET line pulls to ground even 
when the supervisory IC cannot sink current 
because its supply has failed. 

In battery backed up supervisory ICs, the 
gate drive on the internal MOS devices is the higher 
of Vcc or Vbatt. The battery voltage is sufficient 
to provid e gate drive to the reset output devices, so 
RESET will always remain valid with Vcc down to 
zero. 



3-4 



OTHER ,ViRE -ORED 
SYSTEM — 




•OR ONE OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS: MAX703-MAX708. MAX791 

yi/iyixiyn 



MONITORING NEGATIVE VOLTAGES 



vcc 








>l/|yJXiyi/f 


MAX703 




PFI 


PFO 


GND 





100k i, 

-vw — Tzt 



-TO»P 



S-1.25 _ 1.25- vtrip 
R1 " R2 

•MAX7O4-708 CAN BE SUBSTITUTED 



3 VOLT SUPERVISORY PRODUCTS 



MAX706f708 LOW VOLTAGE VERSIONS 



RESET THRESHOLD 



PART NUMBER 



MAX706R/708R 
MAX706S/708S 



MAX706T/708T 



2.55V I 2.63V I 270V 



provides a simple de-bounced manual reset. 
When a user presses the switch, contact bounce 
will occur both at "press" and "release." The 
architecture of the reset circuitry ensures that the 
reset output becomes asserted the first time MR 
bounces to ground, and remains asserted without 
interruption until 200ms after the last rising edge of 
contact bounce as the switch is released. 



The power fail comparator of any MAXIM 
supervisory part can be used to monitor a negative 
supply rail. When the negative rail is g ood (a 
negative voltage of large magnitude), PFO is low. 
When the negative rail is d egrad ed (a negative 
voltage of lesser magnitude), PFO goes high. The 
Vtrip threshold accuracy is affected by the PFI 
threshold, resistor tolerance and the Vcc line 
variation. Note that the circu it in the diagram has 
no pull-up to Vcc on RESET: this works with the 
more modern parts e.g. the MAX703 to MAX708 
and the MAX690A-MAX693A, but a pull-up resistor 
would be necessary with older parts such as the 
MAX690. 

It may be particul arly use ful in telecom 
applications to generate a RESET pulse when the 
phone line voltage degrades. The MAX703 to 
MAX 708 se ries of parts can be configured to reset 
when PFO goes high by adding an NPN transistor 
to perform signal inversion. As long as the negative 
voltage is invalid (magnitude too small), MR will be 
held low and the RESET line will remain asserted. 

If V- goes very negative, the PFI pin may be 
pulled below ground. Make sure that R2 is large 
enough so that the internal protection diode which 
clamps PFI to -0.6V does not conduct more than a 
milliamp or so under fault conditions. 



The three volt versions of the MAX706 and 
MAX708 have all the features of their parent parts, 
but are specified for 3V rather than 5V operation. 
They also provide guaranteed specifications at 
Vcc = 4.5V to 5.5V for mixed 3V/5V systems. 




yM/ixiyM_ 



MAX791 TIMING 

IINHFR DC. - —V 


Vpfl 

vec *5V IO 


- tSV 


/—WPR 


ov I— 




ESET THRESHOLD 






VouT *6V 

♦3V ! 
(BACKUP 

BATT. I 


X 




A 




PFO - j 







J 


LOWLINE — > 










v 




/u/jxivu 



contains features not found in any other single-chip 
s olution: 

• RESET valid down to Vcc = 1 V with no backup 
battery 

• Two stage power fail warning - LL falls when Vcc 
is 1 50mV above the reset threshold 

• 25mA backup output current 

• 250mA operating output current 

• Backup battery monitor - see be low 

• Separate watchdog and RESET outputs 

• Adjustable watchdog timer 

• De-bounced manual reset input 

• 10ns max CE delay gating 

• Memory write cycle completion - last WR 
completes before CE is gated out 

• Additional voltage monitor - PFI and PFO 

The MAX791 is not pin and functionally 
compatible with the MAX691 (but it's close). 



MAX791 MONITORS BACK-UP 
BATTERY STATUS 




2ND CE PULSE ABSENT 
WHEN Vbatt < 2V 



In addition to monitoring all aspects of the 
input supply, the MAX791 also keeps tabs on the 
backup battery: each time a reset pulse ends, the 
battery voltage is checked. If it is less than 2V, the 
second memory write operation is inhibited by the 
CE gate. Detect this immediately after reset has 
ended by using the first CE pulse to write value "x" 
to a memory location, and the second CE pulse to 
write value "y" to the same location. The contents 
of this memory location will disclose whether the 
second write was inhibited, and whether the 
backup battery was discharged. 



yviyixiyi/i 



3-6 



PSRAM BACKUP 



2 x MCL1304 
CURRENT LIMITING 
DIODES 



8m> 



MBR030 




357W2 




47pF 



+VS LX 



Vfb 

/H/1XI/M 

MAX630 

GND 



LBR 

Cx 



IC 



EXTERNAL DC (WALL CUBE) 



1/3 AANiCd CELL 
150mA-HR 



VCC 

/V1/1X1/V1 

MAX791 

GND VOUT 
CE IN VBATI 

CEout 



LOWLINE RESET 



BUS 



JZ 

VCC 



CE ANDOE 
LOGIC 



GND 



^qus 


VCC 

PSRAM 
GND CE OE 


a ^us 


VCC 

PSRAM 
GND CE OE 


• • • 


VCC 

PSRAM 
GND CE OE 







vi/iyjxiyi/L 



Low cost +5V Pseudo Static RAMs 
(PSRAMs) are dynamic RAMs with some built in 
refresh circuitry. They can be maintained in a low 
power standby state but require Vcc voltages ot at 
least 4.0V - some even need Vcc to be greater than 
4.5V. Also, unlike SRAMs (which consume as little 
as 2|iA per chip in standby) PSRAMs consume 
about 100uA per chip in standby. Even though 
most of the refresh circuitry is built into the PSRAM, 
either an external clock must be supplied, or the 
PSRAM must be put into self-refresh mode. The 
circuitry to generate the clock or to force the SRAM 
into self refresh mode must be powered during 
standby as well. This further increases the standby 
current requirement. 

A MAX791 , a MAX630 and a 1/3A NiCd cell 
form a backup circuit that supplies the necessary 
+5V at milliamp current levels required by PSRAMs 
in case the main batteries are removed. It is also 
possible to back up DRAMs with this same circuit. 



Trickle charging the NiCd cell from the external DC 
source allows lower system operating current. The 
MAX630 offers extremely low supply current 
(10nA) when shutdown and very low operating 
current (70uA), while the MAX791 possesses 
unique features which allow a circuit of this type to 
be cons tructed: 

- LOWLINE triggers before RESET giving 
the uP time to set the PSRAMs up to self refresh. 

- 0.5Q switch in the MAX791 can support the 
high operating current requirements of PSRAMs, 
allowing large memory arrays. 

- Super low 70uA supply current of the 
MAX791 minimizes memory maintenance load 
when the main backup bus is in standby state, i.e. 
main battery not removed but the system is in a low 
power mode. 



3-7 



UNIQUE FEATURES OF MAXIM'S 
NEWEST SUPERVISORY IC's 

MAX703 - MAX708, MAX690A - MAX693A, MAX791 

• RESET Guaranteed Down to Vcc = 1V 

• RESET Sources At Least 800n A 

• Low Supply Current 

MAX703, MAX704, MAX690A - MAX693A, MAX791 

• Backup Battery Voltage As High As Vcc 

• RESET Not Triggered When Backup Battery 
Removed 

• High Current Backup Battery Switch 



_ynyjxi>M_ 



Our newest supervisory IC's, the MAX703 - 
MAX708, MAX690A - MAX693A, and MAX791 all 
incorporate advanced features which allow for 
more robust operation. 



• Active low RESET is GUARANTEED down to 
Vcc = 1 V, with no backup battery connected. 
(RESET is ALWAYS guaranteed when an 
appropr iate backup battery is connected.) 

• RESET output sources at least 800u.A, 
elimina ting a pull-up resistor and allowing 
RESET to be valid to Vcc = GND when a 
pull-down resistor is used from RESET to GND. 

• Low supply current. 

The MAX703, MAX704, MAX690A - MAX693A 
and MAX791, with backup battery switching, offer 
enhanced performance and feature an improved reset 
architecture to simplify backup circuitry. 

• Backup b attery vo ltage can exceed Vcc without 
triggering RESET, allowing a SuperCap™ and a 
diode to be used as a backup power source. 

• Backup battery can be removed without 
triggering RESET. 

• High current P-channel MOSFET switch 
connects Vcc to the memory devices during 
normal operation, allowing large memory arrays 
to be backed up. 



NEW MAXIM SUPERVISORY PRODUCTS 



IMPROVED 
ORIGINAL 690 LINE 


LOW COST 


HIGH 
PERFORMANCE 


3 VOLT 
THRESHOLDS 


MAX690A 


MAX703 


MAX791 


MAX706R 


MAX691A 


MAX704 




MAX706S 


MAX692A 


MAX705 




MAX706T 


MAX693A 


MAX706 




MAX708R 




MAX707 




MAX70SS 




MAX708 




MAX708T 



./isL/jxiyki. 



Even as we speak, devices are in 
development, and Maxim's list of supervisory 
circuits keeps on growing. Check to see if your 
requirements have been met! 



3-8 



— — — ^ 



POWER APPLICATIONS 



• CURRENT BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES 

• SINGLE CELL TO 60V, |iA TO 5A SUPPLY SOLUTIONS 

• BATTERY CHARGER ICs 

• REGULATED CHARGE PUMPS 

• 3V OUTPUT SUPPLIES 

• PORTABLE POWER MANAGEMENT 



vi/iyjxiyi/i. 



4-1 



BATTERY TYPE ... IS DETERMINED 
BY MARKETING 

• Battery life target: W-hrs in = W-hrs out / Efficiency 
Primary: more hours per use 
Secondary: reusable, provides instantaneous 

power 

• Size/weight: Lithium has highest energy density 

• Cost 

• Availability: AA or 9V PP3 easiest 

• Form factor (shape) 

• Self-leakage: Lithium best for long shelf life 

• Number of charge/discharge cycles 

• Environmental issues 

/wyixiyw — 



When designing battery-powered systems, 
many engineers are forced to don a Marketing hat 
and make critical tradeoffs in the choice of batteries 
and DC-DC converters. Often, even such basic 
issues as the decision between rechargeable 
(secondary) and non-rechargeable (primary) cells 
is left to the engineers down in the trenches. 



PRIMARY BATTERY CHARACTERSITICS 





V/Cell 


Energy 
Density 
(Whr/L) 


Output 
Impedance 

m 


Self 
Leakage 

(%/mo.) 


Cost ($/Whr) 


Alkaline - D 
AA 
-9V 


1.5-0.8 


317 
341 
189 


0.2 

0.4 
3.0 


2 


0.15 
0.33 
0.77 


Carbon -Zinc- AA 


1 .5-0.8 


150 


2 


5 


0.42* 


Lithium MnO!> 


3.0-1.8 


450 


0.3 


0.2 


1.25 


Lithium Thionyl 
Chloride 


3.6 


440 


0.3 


0.2 


1.50 


Mercury 


1 .35-0.9 


450 


4** 


0.5 


2.50 


Silver Oxide 


1.5-0.9 


400 


0.6 


2 


3.00 



Carbon Zinc $/Whr derived with lighter load (1 0011) than used for AA Alkaline ( 1 0il). 
■ Mercury cell impedance is 4£1 for button cells, and 0.5 for AA size cylindrical cells. 



.yviyjxiyi/i. 



ENERGY vs. CONSTANT-POWER LOAD 
FOR ALKALINE AND LITHIUM 




LOAD POWER (W) 



->h>jxi>i/I- 



Alkaline dry cells have about a 2:1 
advantage in energy density over standard 
carbon-zinc Leclanche cells when operated at very 
low discharge rates (1mA), and have about a 6:1 
advantage at higher loads (1 00mA). 

Lithium Manganese Dioxide (LiMn02) cells 
are generally packaged in the small coin-type 
batteries, and are valued in memory back-up 
applications because of their long shelf life. Larger, 
higher-power LiMn02 batteries, such as 2/3A-size, 
are gaining acceptance in high-end consumer 
applications. 

Lithium Thionyl Chloride (USOCI2) cells are 
noted for high energy density, and are replacing the 
older lithium sulfur dioxide type in military 
applications. 

Mercury cells have good voltage stability, 
and maintain an approximate 1 .35V output for most 
of their operating life. 

Silver Oxide cells are the small, flat button or 
coin type cells used in watches and cameras, and 
have a flatter discharge characteristic but higher 
self-leakage than lithium manganese dioxide. 



The total amount of energy obtained from a 
particular primary cell is a strong function of the rate 
at which current is drawn. A lightly-loaded battery 
will typically deliver nearly three times more 
watt-hours than a heavily-loaded battery. The 
lesson: doubling the physical size of the battery 
can sometimes triple the system battery life (and 
not just because the battery casings are taking up 
less space). 



4-2 



INSTANTANEOUS POWER vs. BATTERY 
VOLTAGE FOR ONE ALKALINE AA 





-v. 
















\ 


1 2A-hr \ 
1 DRAINED \ 

y \ \ 








/ ISA-hr \ lA-t 
DRAINED \ DRAfh 


r \ 0.5A-hr 
ED \ DRAINED 


FRESH 1 



As a battery is discharged, its internal 
impedance increases. This means that a half-dead 
battery may be unable to supply the peak power 
demands from the system, even though the battery 
still has watt-hours of life left in it. For example, 
motor spin-up currents or flash EEPROM 
programming currents may hit the battery so hard 
that the main power supply voltage collapses, 
disrupting the system. Alkaline and lithium 
batteries are particularly prone to this phenomenon 
of increasing resistance with discharge. Some of 
the small coin cells can degrade to 1 000£2 or more. 
One possible solution is to use a small NiCd battery 
as a capacitor to handle surges. 



SECONDARY BATTERY CHARACTERSITICS 





V/Cell 




Output 
Impedance 


Charge 
Cycles 


Self 
Leakage 
(%/mo.) 


Cost 
($/Whr) 


L 


1.35-1.0 


120 


0.0, 


800 


25 


3.75 




1.4-1.1 


174 


0.02 


500 


30 


2.50 


Lead-Aod 


2.4-1.6 


100 


0.01 


300 


6 


1.30 


Lithium- loo 


3.6 


230 


0.05 


1000 


0.3 


N/A 



_ynyjxi>vi_ 



New rechargeable battery chemistries that 
provide higher energy density than standard 
Nickel-Cadmium (NiCd) or lead-acid gel cells are 
emerging. Nickel-metal hydride (NMH) is here 
today, and provides similar characteristics to NiCd 
and has 50% higher energy density. Lithium ion 
types, such as those made by Sony Energytec and 
Asahi are just coming out now, and provide twice 
the energy density of NiCd. 

Most secondary batteries have extremely 
low internal impedance; for example, a lead acid D 
cell can deliver up to 100A for short periods. 



REPACKAGED SUB-C BATTERIES 
COMPRISE C- AND D-SIZE CELLS 




_yuyixiyn_ 



Consumer C- and D-size NiCd batteries are 
usually repackaged sub-C batteries. 



4-3 



• 1% Trip Levels Guaranteed Over Temp. 

• 30|iA Supply Current 

• Built-in Hysteresis 

• Slow Comparator Response for Glitch Immunity 



• Undervo 
Positive 

• 1.2£ 



, Overvoltage, and Window Comparison of 
ages 



_ynyjxiyi/i 



memoa ^usuany oy sensing temperature rise or 
voltage droop), and a precision voltage monitor and 
switch to disconnect the load prior to cell reversal. 
For lead-acid batteries, this means a float voltage 
limit of 2.35V/cell and, similar to NiCd, some type 
of voltage monitor (although less precise) and load 
switch to prevent deep discharge and sulfating. 

The MAX821 3/821 4 provide 5 comparators, 
a reference, and the required accuracy for battery 
monitoring. In addition to trip level accuracy 
guaranteed ±1% accurate over temperature, the 
trip level of all channels are guaranteed to match 
each other with 1%. The comparator response 
time is 5 to 10ns, purposefully slowed to minimize 
glitches at the comparator outputs. The MAX821 3 
has open-drain outputs, whereas the MAX8214 
outputs have active pullups. 



MAX8214 MONITORS BATTERY LEVELS 
DURING CHARGE AND DISCHARGE 



6 CELL 
NiCAD 



STACK T 
* 



J-856k,; : 



21.5k.' 
0.1%' 



54.2k,. 

0.1%: 



150k, 
0.1% 



2.21 M, 0.1% 

i w» 

LITHIUM _L?.65M; 
BATTERY T 0.1% 



VDD gnd 
MODE SELECT 
IN1 



OUT1 



MAX8214 



OUT2 



DIN_ 



1.25V 
REFERENCE 



OUT3 



OUT4 



POUT 



■ BATT. DEAD 



■LOW VOLTS 



• FULL CHARGE 



.>I/I>JXI>I/I. 



Resistor ratios for monitoring the NiCd 
battery are chosen to detect when the battery (1) 
has charged to 1.5V/Cell, (2) has discharged to 
1 .1 V/Cell, and (3) has completely discharged to 
1.0V/Cell. The Lithium backup battery is 
considered dead when its voltage equals 2.0V. 



Note that when the monitored voltage is 
falling, the comparator trip point is equal to the 
reference voltage (1.25V); however, when the 
voltage is rising, the trip point is equal to the 
reference plus about 1 5mV hysteresis. 



4-4 



• Fast charge at from C/4 to 4C rates 

• Delta V, tinier, voltage ceiling and/or temperature 
window charge limit 

• +5V shunt regulator powers IC and light loads from the 
external DC power source 

• Draws 5jiA MAX from Battery when not charging 

• Regulates battery current in presence of external load 

vi/iyixi/w_ 



batteries are fully charged, while the MAX712 
detects zero voltage slope for NiMH batteries. 
These devices integrate all the necessary 
fast-charging circuitry into a 16-pin SO package. 

Fast charge timeout can be set between 22 
and 264 minutes. The built-in voltage reference 
and window comparator are used to terminate fast 
charging when the battery temperature lies outside 
a user-selectable window. When fast charge ends, 
trickle charging continues at a C/16 rate. The 
active-low fast charge status indicator directly 
drives an LED. External components are limited to 
an external PNP, a diode, a few resistors and 
capacitors, and two thermistors if optional 
temperature sensing is used. 



FAST CHARGE NiCd & NiMH BATTERIES 



INPUT 1 I» F T 



— rv 



M 



DRV 
V+ BATT+ 



MAX712 

unxm 



DELTA V AND TIMER CHARGING 



>nyjxiyn_ 



FAST CHARGE NiCd AND 
NiMH BATTERIES 



R4 

(NTC THERMISTOR) 
BATTERY TEMP 




(NTC THERMISTOR) 
AMBIENT TEMP 



OPTIONAL TEMPERATURE SENSING CHARGE LIMIT 

ywvixivw_ 



4-5 





BATTERY-POWER DC-DC TOPOLOGIES 



• No Regulator - Lowest Cost 

• Linear Reg - Low Noise 

• Charge Pumps - No Inductors 

• Buck DC-DC Regulator - Low IpEAK 



• Boost Regulator - Fewer B< 



• Inverting Regulator - tSupplies 



VI/I>JXI>I/I. 



After settling basic battery and charger 
issues, the next step in designing a 
battery-powered system is selecting the DC-DC 
converter topology. 

If at all possible, design the system to operate 
directly from the naked battery. Failing that, a linear 
regulator requires no magnetics, is small and 
cheap, and generates no EMI. However, linear 
regulators cannot step up a low battery voltage, and 
become inefficient with large input-output voltage 
differentials. 

The first choice in switch-mode converters is 
a charge pump, which relies on capacitors rather 
than inductors for energy storage. Charge pumps 
are almost as small and cheap as linear regulators, 
and can step-up and invert the input voltage. 
However, charge pump ICs generally have limited 
output power capability (0.5W or less) due to the 
number of switch IR drops, and are not well-suited 
for fractional output voltages or wide input/output 
voltage ratios. 

If magnetics become necessary, a buck 
regulator is the first choice. The peak currents 
required in a buck regulator are lower than in other 



switching topologies, because the inductor current 
flows into the load on both half-cycles. For the 
same underlying reason, PWM buck regulators are 
more AC stable than boost regulators and lack a 
right-half-plane zero present in the feedback loop 
of boost regulators. But buck regulators can only 
step down the input voltage. 

A boost (step-up) regulator is the next most 
desirable, mainly because the battery voltage aids 
the series inductor discharge voltage. This aiding 
reduces the effective input/output voltage ratio and 
results in lower peak inductor currents than are 
seen in the inverting or flyback topologies. 
However, you can't get negative or isolated outputs 
from a boost regulator. 

An inverting converter is closely related to a 
flyback converter, and is theoretically exactly equal 
in terms of peak currents and magnetics. The 
tradeoff is that the simple inverter uses just one 
winding, while a flyback circuit can generate 
multiple and/or isolated outputs. Of all the simple 
topologies, the inverting/flyback topology must 
bear the highest peak currents for a given load. 



4-6 



SPECIFIC SUPPLY SOLUTIONS 



SINGLE CELL TO 60V INPUTS 
AND 

MICROAMP TO 5A OUTPUTS 



>I/I>JXI>I/I. 



The following slides show solutions to 
various supply scenarios. Designs with single cell 
to 60V inputs and microamp to 5A outputs are 
covered. Material is covered in order from lower to 
higher input voltages. 



4-7 



CONTROLLER 
8 LOGIC 



TPUT 
3V 



OUTPI 
- 3.3V 
150mA 



VEE 

_ynyixi 



MAX777 FAMILY OF 1 V TO 5V INPUT 
PFM REGULATORS 



FEATURES 


ADVANTAGES 


W Start-Up input Voltages 


Fewer Cells 


Only 2 External Components 


Speeds Design Cycles 


Small External Components 


Saves Space 


Internal Active Rectifier 


Complete Disconnect of Load From Supply 


20iiA Shutdown Mode 


Saves Battery Life 



vi/iyjxi/i/i > 



MAX777 FAMILY OF 1 V TO 5V INPUT 
PFM REGULATORS 





VOUT 


VlN 


la 


lOUT 


MAX 777 


+5V 


1VT0 5V 


220nA 


UP TO 225mA 


MAX778 


+3V/+3.3V 


1VT0 5V 


220|iA 


UP TO 380mA 


MAX789 


ADJ. (3VT0 6V) 


IV TO SV 


220|iA 


UPTO3B0mA 



yi/iyjxiyui ) 



4-8 



bipolar switching transistor is a good alternative to 
MOSFETs, especially to discrete power 
MOSFETs, the best of which have a very high 2V 
maximum threshold voltage spec. 

The MAX777/778/779 are micropower 
DC-DC step-up converters. They accept 1 V to 5V 
(1 -cell to 3-cell) inputs and deliver fixed 3V, 3.3V, 
5V, or adjustable outputs. They require only two 
external components: typically a 22u.H inductor 
and a 1 0OuF capacitor. Each contains a 1 A power 
switch and delivers output currents over 380mA. 
Efficiency is typically 70% to 90%. They use an 
internal active rectifier which completely turns off in 
shutdown mode, disconnecting the load from the 
source and reducing quiescent supply current to 
30uA. 



MAX722 

NEGON 



FB3 



GND REF AGND 



< 22HH 
f 1N58 



7i 



POWERFAIL ^ 10flftF 
OUTPUT 



OUTPUT 

5V. 250mA 

87% EFFICIENCY 



PALMTOP COMPUTER 
2-CELL/3-CELL DC-DC 



r 



C3 
0.22liFj 



, 6 r*°" F 



^MAX717 

FB3 F81 



DCIN 
BKUP 



GNQ AGND 



1 1N5Si7 12VOUT 

"-£- 



.ynyjxi>HL 



MAX661 +12V FLASH MEMORY 
PROGRAMMING SUPPLY 

5V Input/1 2V Output Regulated Charge Pump 
No Inductors— Ultra Small • 50nA Supply Current 
<1 u.A Shutdown Current • All Capacitors <1 \iF 




is typically 87%. The MAX722 draws only 20uA 
when shut down under digital control. 

This tiny regulator comes in a narrow 1 4-pin 
SOIC which includes the power switch. External 
components are kept small thanks to a 500kHz 
switching frequency. The 250mA output 
application requires only a 22|iH inductor, a 1 OOuF 
capacitor, a diode, and a 0.1 uF bypass capacitor. 
There is even a power fail output pin for monitoring 
the output voltage and signaling the 
microprocessor when the output falls out of 
regulation. 



When two or three series cells power a small 
but sophisticated microprocessor-based system 
such as a palmtop computer or digital camera, the 
power levels generally preclude charge pump 
solutions. For these applications, the MAX717 
provides an inductor-based solution. The MAX717 
generates dual regulated outputs from one of three 
input voltage sources: an AC-DC wall-cube 
adaptor (7V to 20V), a main 2- or 3-cell battery, or 
a lithium backup battery. Miniature (5mm 
diameter) inductors are made possible by a 
relatively high 0.5MHz maximum switching 
frequency. While one might expect to pay the 
penalty of increased supply current for 0.5MHz 
operation, the MAX71 7 draws only 60[iA, due to an 
advanced pulse-skipping PFM control scheme 
(more on this later). 



The MAX661 is a regulating charge pump 
specifically designed for programming flash 
memory. The MAX661 solution is quite small, 
requiring only tiny ceramic chip capacitors, and 
drawing only 50uA of quiescent supply current 
(<1 uA in shutdown mode). Efficiency is reasonably 
good for a regulated charge pump, exceeding 70% 
over almost the entire load range. 



PALMTOP COMPUTER DC-DC WITH 
ADJUSTABLE LCD AND FLASH Vpp 




Often, a combination of inductor-based 
switch-mode regulators and charge pumps proves 
to be the best overall solution. In this case, an 
inductor-based DC-DC provides the main output 
power and a negative LCD contrast control, while 
a charge pump boosts the main output up to the 
1 2V required for programming flash memory chips. 
Because the flash memory load is intermittent and 
at low duty cycle, the compounded efficiency 
losses that result from powering the +12V charge 
pump from the main output have little impact on 
overall system battery life. 

The MAX722 is a sister chip to the MAX71 7, 
and they can be combined as a two-chip solution 
to provide +5V, +3.3V, -24V/adjustable, and +12V. 
These respectively supply I/O power, (xP/RAM, 
LCD, and flash memory/PCMCIA power to a small 
microprocessor-based system. 



CONVERTING 4 CELLS TO 5 VOLTS 

• Boost DC-DC followed by linear regulator 

• Invert the output and float the battery 

• Straight flyback transformer 

• Buck-boost with flying inductor 

• Change numbers of cells 



./l/l>JXI>l/l_ 



Generating +5V from four series alkaline or 
zinc batteries is a special case that places tough 
requirements on the main DC-DC converter. 
Confronting the four-alkaline-cell problem clearly 
illustrates the tradeoffs of the battery DC-DC 
hierarchy discussed earlier. The difficulty: the 
battery voltage will range from 6V to 3.6V, which is 
both above and below the main output voltage, 
eliminating the simple and elegant buck and boost 
topologies from consideration. There are five 
different ways to attack the 4-cell problem, all 
detailed on the next few slides. 



FOUR ALKALINE CELLS TO +5V: 
BOOST PLUS LINEAR REGULATOR 



1 — 



SHOW 

MAX752 „„„ 



SS GND VHEF 



"'"X—l T"' 1 1 I— I— J 



MAXSS7 



yi/iyjxi>M. 



In four-cell applications, the simple boost 
topology allows the output to follow the input (minus 
a diode drop), resulting in high output voltages that 
might damage sensitive loads. One obvious 
solution: follow the boost regulator output with a 
linear regulator. This works, but delivers 
less-than-ideal efficiency due to the drop across the 
linear regulator. 

The MAX752 is an adjustable current-mode 
PWM DC-DC converter, capable of delivering 
200mA of load current at 85 to 95% efficiencies. It 
can boost voltages as low as 2.5V 

The MAX667 offers the best combination of 
low dropout (90mV @ 1 00mA) and ultra-low supply 
current (25uA maximum) of any micropower linear 
regulator IC. 



4-10 



4 ALKALINE CELLS TO +5V: 
INVERTER PLUS FLOATING BATTERY 



SHDN VOUT 



MAX735 



.ynyixiyM. 



4 AA CELLS TO +5V: 
FLYBACK TRANSFORMER APPROACH 




SHDN V. 

we MAX731 , x - 



"1 



.ynyixi/u_ 



Another tactic to apply to the 4-cell problem 
is inverting the battery voltage and moving the 
ground reference to the negative output. The 
tradeoff here is a floating battery: the minus side 
is connected to the +5V output. This may be a 
problem if other loads in the circuit are referenced 
to the battery "ground" or if additional voltages must 
be generated from the stack of batteries. Also, the 
ratio of peak switch current to load current in this 
circuit is relatively high (about three times that of a 
buck regulator with the same output power), 
necessitating a relatively big inductor core. Also, 
high peak currents mean high l 2 R losses and 
somewhat poorer efficiency. 

The MAX735 is a -5V output inverting 
current-mode PWM regulator, capable of supplying 
a 200mA output current when driven by a 4.5V or 
higher input voltage. Input voltages as low as 4V 
are allowed. The part includes a 10uA shutdown 
mode, undervoltage lockout, and soft-start. 



Another solution to the 4-cell problem is the 
time-honored flyback transformer approach. Since 
the output is not coupled to the input (but not 
isolated in this case), the input can vary above and 
below the regulated output. The tradeoff: you can 
get loosely-regulated multiple outputs, but the peak 
currents are no lower than those in a simple 
inverter. Also, the transformer always will be a little 
bigger and more expensive than the inductor 
required in an inverting or boost topology. 



4 CELLS TO +5V: 
BUCK-BOOST WITH FLYING INDUCTOR 



VIN.8VTO16V ■ 




110W1 IMP. 



*VOUT.lIV#100mA 



yi/ivjxiyn_ 



This circuit is introduced more as a 
laboratory curiosity than as a serious contender 
against the evil four-cell battery pack. It combines 
the worst features of a charge pump solution 
(multiple switch drops) with the worst features of an 
inverter (high peak-current to load-current ratio). In 
spite of these drawbacks it can still be useful, 
especially if you despise transformers and must 
have a grounded battery. 



4-11 



FIVE NiCd/NiMH CELLS: SYSTEM SOLUTION 
WITH LINEAR AND SWITCHING REGULATORS 




The MAX714/715/716 are highly integrated 
energy management ICs for 5-cell and 6-cell 
battery-operated microprocessor systems. These 
ICs combine multiple regulated outputs with 
microprocessor-supervisory functions optimized 
for battery-powered supplies. One of the three 
switching regulators has a negative output 
controlled by a 5-bit on-board D/A converter, used 
for contrast adjustment. 

The MAX716 is supplied in 28-pin DIP and 
wide SO packages. The MAX715, in 24-pin DIP 
and CERDIP packages, eliminates one linear 
regulator output. The MAX714, in 16-pin 
packages, includes two linear regulators and one 



MAX714 - MAX716 FAMILY 

• Fully Independent Digitally Controlled Outputs 

• 35nA Standby Quiescent Current 

• 100mV Linear Regulator Dropout 

• Microprocessor Reset Output 



# of *5V 
Linear 
Regulators 


♦12V 
Stepup 


-5V 
Inverting 


DAC- 
Controlled 
LCD Driver 


Low 
Battery 
Detector 


Automatic 
Battery 
Backup 


MAX714 2 










✓ 


MAX715 3 


✓ 


< 






✓ 


MAX716 4 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 













THE ULTIMATE WAY TO SQUEEZE 
A 9V BATTERY DRY 



INPUT 
+5.5V TO +1 1.5Vi 
•-fl. BV BATTERY 




OUTPUT 
♦5V ±4% AT 75mA 
94% EFFICIENCY 



nA 10mA 100mA 1A 
OUTPUT CURRENT yM^XIVM. 



The MAX639 operating supply current is 
typically 10uA. This, combined with 94% 
efficiency, makes the MAX639 the ultimate way to 
get every last drop of juice from a battery. The 5.5V 
to 1 1 .5V input range makes the it ideal for use with 
+9V alkaline batteries. The maximum output 
current capability is 225mA at +5V. 



4-12 



LINEAR REGULATORS 
vs. DC-DC CONVERTERS 

• Linear Regulators Have Constant Input Current 

• DC-DC Converters Have Constant Input Power 

• Few DC-DC Converters Have 

• Wide Input Range 

• Low Iq 

• Low Dropout Voltage 

• DC-DC Converter Eff. > 90% for 2mA < l|_ < 200mA 



The input power of a DC-DC converter is 
constant, whereas a linear regulator has constant 
input current. Therefore, for higher input voltages, 
the DC-DC converter has better efficiency. Few 
DC-DC converters have a wide input range, low 
quiescent current, and a low dropout voltage, which 
is why linears have been a better choice for 
battery-input regulators up to now. 



MAX639 vs. LOW DROPOUT LINEAR 




.ykiyjxi/i/i. 



The MAX639 conversion efficiency exceeds 
90% for output currents ranging from 2mA to 
200mA. With a 100£2 load it adds 41% to the life 
of an alkaline 9V battery. 



6-8 CELLS: +5VAT1.5A 



* (6 TO 8 CELLS) 




yki>ixiyfi_ 



The MAX741 Current-Mode PWM controller 
provides an excellent high efficiency solution for 
stepping down 6-8 NiCad or Nickel Metal Hydride 
cells to +5V at 2A. Driving a high efficiency, low 
Ron P-channel MOSFET, the circuit delivers +5V 
@1A with 92% efficiency with 6 cells, and 90.5% 
efficiency with 8 cells. An adjustable mode allows 
other output voltages (such as +3.3V or +3V) by 
adding external resistor feedback. 



4-13 



6-8 NiCd/NiMH CELLS: +5V AT 2.5A 



I 



MAX747 „ 



1 1 



The MAX746 and MAX747 are 
high-efficiency, high-current step-down controllers, 
intended for use as the main power supply in 
notebook and laptop computers. They convert an 
input in the range of 6V to 1 5V (6 to 8 NiCad cells) 
to an output of 5V and 2.5A, guaranteed over 
temperature. Typical efficiency from 500mA to 
2.5A is 93%. In operating mode, quiescent supply 
current is 1 mA max. It is 20uA max in shutdown 
mode. 

The MAX746 controls an external N-channel 
power switch, while the MAX747 drives an external 
P-channel MOSFET. Both devices come in narrow 
SOIC packages and require a minimum of external 
components. The inductor (25nH) and output 
capacitor (500uF) are physically small due to the 
200kHz switching frequency. A 2% accurate low- 
battery detector is included to save board space 
and add convenience. 

A unique feature of the MAX746 is that it 
drives the N-channel logic FET on the high-side. 
The high-side driven N-channel switch provides 
very low on-resistance in low-cost 
surface-mountable DPAKs, giving the long battery 
life demanded by notebook users. These two 
regulators also have a unique feedback control 
scheme that switches between 
continuous-conduction PWM mode and 
discontinuous-conduction pulse-skipping mode, 
depending on load current. This optimizes 
efficiency over a wide range of output currents. 



GREATER THAN 8 NiCd/NMH CELLS: 
+5V AT 5A 



8 TO 60V . 

(> 8 CELLS) 



Vin vsw 
vVlvJXlyvi 

MAX724 



50nH 
' MBR745 



The MAX724 is a high-power step-down 
DC-DC converter. This chip contains a 5A power 
switch and can take inputs up to 60V. Its output is 
adjustable from 2.5V to 50V. The MAX726 through 
MAX729 have 2A on-chip power switches and 
adjustable or fixed +5V, +3.3V, or +3V outputs. 

The MAX724 is simple to use: it requires 
only a few external components. Quiescent 
current is only 7mA. Efficiency is in the 80% to 90% 
range for outputs from 1 A to 5A. These parts are 
available in TO-220, DIP, and SOIC packages. 



4-14 




through optimum use of 
chemistry 

Reduces l 2 R losses in battery 
wiring, switches, connectors 
Eliminates voltage drop due 
to inductance of supply cables 
Reduces radiated noise 
Reduces conducted noise 




for converter 



v. 



vwyjxiyi/i 



proportional to the square of the current. 
It virtually eliminates voltage drop due to 
inductance of supply cables. 
It reduces the conducted noise sent back down 
the line. This may be unimportant if this DC-DC 
converter is the only thing hanging on the battery, 
but it can be crucial if you have other equipment 
taking power from the same supply. 
It reduces the noise radiated from the antenna 
formed by the wires carrying the pulsed current. 
The supply voltage for a DC-DC converter IC 
should remain stable, and relatively free of high 
frequency noise, to ensure proper operation of 
the reference and other circuitry. In many cases 
a small (0.1 uF) capacitor mounted close to the 
IC supply pins is adequate. Larger capacitors, or 
large/small parallel combinations, are usually 
needed when the power switch is contained 
within the controller IC. 

If you are testing your DC-DC converter using a 
bench power supply as the input, note that 
although the DC output impedance of the supply 
may be close to zero its output impedance at the 
frequencies of interest (e.g. 50kHz or higher) may 
be substantial. Many circuits tested in this way 
simply will not work unless adequately bypassed. 
How do you choose the value and type of the 
bypass capacitor(s)? Low effective series 
resistance (ESR) capacitors give much lower 
ripple voltages when carrying high peaks of 
current. Note that capacitor ESR tends to rise at 
low temperatures. Higher capacitance leads to 
lower ripple, but beyond a certain limit the benefit 
of doubling capacitor size becomes very small. 
Parallel combinations of large/small capacitors, 
e.g. 0.1 uF//1 OOuF, often provide good bypassing 
over a wide range of frequencies. The absolute 
values needed will depend on the DC-DC 
converter and on the impedance of the incoming 
supply, and are best determined initially by 
overkill followed by experiment to find the 
minimum practical values. 



For more modest power requirements (less 
than 2W) Maxim's current-mode PWM regulators 
provide extremely efficient power conversion for 
step-up, step-down, and inverting applications. All 
have on-board 1 .5A switching MOSFETs operating 
at 170kHz, cycle-by-cycle current limit, 
programmable soft-start, low quiescent current 
(typically 2mA), and shutdown control. 



MAXIM CURRENT-MODE PWM 
REGULATOR FAMILY 



v. 



VOUT 


VlN TYPE lOUT/POUT 


PART# 


EFF% 


5V 


2.5V-5.5V 
6.0V-11V 
6.6V-16V 
10.2V-16V 


STEP-UP 
STEP-DOWN 
STEP-DOWN 
STEP-DOWN 


200mA 
300mA 
300mA 
750mA 


MAX731 
MAX730 
MAX738 
MAX738 


87% 
92% 
90% 
86% 


12V 


2.5V-9.3V 
4.5V-9.3V 
6V-9.3V 
13V- 15V 


STEP-UP 
STEP-UP 
STEP-UP 
STEP-DOWN 


60mA 
150mA 
200mA 
200mA 


MAX734 
MAX732 
MAX732 
MAX758 


90% 
92% 
94% 
92% 


15V 


4.5V-11V 


STEP-UP 


100mA 


MAX733 


92% 


ADJ. POS 


VOUT+.5V-11V 
VOUT +.5V-16V 
2.5V-VOUT +.5V 


STEP-DOWN 
STEP-DOWN 
STEP-UP 


TO3W 
T0 3W 
TO 1W 


MAX758 
MAX750 
MAX752 


* 
* 
* 


-5V 


4V-6.2V 
4V-1 5V 


INVERT 
INVERT 


200mA 
250mA 


MAX735 
MAX739 


87% 
84% 


-12V 


4V-8.6V 
4V-15V 


INVERT 
INVERT 


125mA 
125mA 


MAX736 
MAX759 


82% 
82% 


-15V 


4V-5.5V 
4V-15V 


INVERT 
INVERT 


100mA 
100mA 


MAX737 
MAX759 


80% 
80% 


ADJ. NEG 


4V-15V 


INVERT 


T01W 


MAX759 


* 


/l/l /IXI /l/l 



PWM REGULATORS WITH 
INTERNAL POWER MOSFETs 
MAX730 FAMILY 



FEATURE 


ADVANTAGE 


High-Efficiency (80% to 90%) 


Longer Battery Life 


High 170kHz Switching Frequency 


Smaller Components, Easier Output Filtering 


Low Input Supply Voltages 


Fewer Cells 


Logic-Coniroiled Shutdown 


Longer Battery Life 


Current-Mode PWM Control 


Low Output Noise 





4-16 



NEW GENERATION PULSE-SKIPPING 
PFM REGULATORS 
MAX760-6, MAX770-6, MAX639/649 



FEATURE 


ADVANTAGE 


High- Efficiency (80% lo 90%) 


Saves Battery Lite 


Low 1 QOuA Quiescent Supply Current 


Saves Battery Life 


5fiA Shutdown Mode 


Saves Battery Life 


Fast 125kHz Switching Frequency 


Smaller External Components 


Unique PFM Control Scheme 


Minimal External Components 



_yi/iyjxi>i/i_ 



The MAX760-6, MAX770-6, and 
MAX639/649 are Maxim's latest family of general 
purpose micropower DC-DC converters. They 
offer improvements to the trend-setting MAX630 
and MAX640 DC-DC converter families: lower 
supply currents, higher efficiencies, and faster 
(125kHz) effective switching rates, which translate 
to smaller external components. These devices 
have also made choosing external components 
easier. All of these devices feature 
fixed/adjustable outputs. 



MAX760 & MAX770 FAMILY OF 
MICROPOWER PFM REGULATORS 



VOOT 


VlN 


FUNCTION 


PART# 


+5V 


2VTO 55V 
ZV TO 5.2V 
S.2V TO 11.5V 
5.2V TO 16V 


STEP-UP 

STEP-UP CONTROLLER 
STEP-DOWN 

STEP-DOWN CONTROLLER 


MAX760 
MAX770 
MAX639 
MAX649 


♦ 12V 


2V TO 12.4V 
2V TO 12.4V 
12.2V TO 18V 


STEP-UP 

STEP-UP CONTROLLER 
STEP-DOWN CONTROLLER 


MAX761 
MAX771 
MAX649 


+15V 


2V TO 15.6V 
2V TO 15.6V 


STEP-UP 

STEP-UP CONTROLLER 


MAX762 
MAX772 


+3.3V 


2V TO 3.4V 
2V TO 3.4V 
4V TO 11.5V 
3.5V TO 16V 


STEP-UP 

STEP-UP CONTROLLER 
STEP-DOWN 

STEP-DOWN CONTROLLER 


MAX760 
MAX770 
MAX639 
MAX649 



_yi/iyixivi/L 



MAX760 & MAX770 FAMILY OF 
MICROPOWER PFM REGULATORS (cont.) 



VOUT 


VlN 


FUNCTION 


PART# 


ADJ. POS. 


UP TO 28V 
UP TO 28V 
UP TO 48V 
DOWN TO 1.2V 
DOWN TO 1.2V 


2V TO 16.5V 
2V TO 28V 
2VT048V 
4VT011.SV 
2VT016V 


STEP-UP 

STEP-UP CONTROLLER 
STEP-UP CONTROLLER 
STEP-OOWN 

STEP-DOWN CONTROLLER 


MAX76Q'1/2 
MAX770/1/2 
MAX773 
MAX639 
MAX649 


-5V 


2V TO 15.6V 
3V TO 16.5V 


INVERTER 

INVERTER CONTROLLER 


MAX764 
MAX774 


•12V 


2V TO 8.5V 
3V TO 16.5V 


INVERTER 

INVERTER CONTROLLER 


MAX765 
MAX775 


-15V 


2V TO 5.4V 
3V TO 16.5V 


INVERTER 

INVERTER CONTROLLER 


MAX766 
MAX776 




(Vn<VoutDIFF<21V| 


2VT0 21V 


INVERTER 


MAX764/5/6 


» D c' H T LIM ' TEDBY 


3V AND ABOVE 


INVERTER CONTROLLER 


MAX774/5/6 



4-17 



POWER SUPPLY EVALUATION KITS 

Base Kits Available For: 

• Step-Down DC-DC Converters 

• Step-Up DC-DC Converters 

• Inverting DC-DC Converters 

• Dual Output (Step-Up/Inverting) DC-DC Converter 

• Multiple Output Complete Supply Systems 
Alternative Devices May Be Substituted in Base Kit 
SO and DIP Versions Available 

Some Kits With SO Devices Preassembled 



vi/iyjxiyi/i 



POWER SUPPLY EVALUATION KITS 



9 KitS 



Also evaluates these devices 



Step-Down DC-DC Converters 
MAX639EVKIT-DIP 
MAX639EVKIT-SO 

MAX738EVKIT-DIP MAX730CPA 

MAX738EVKIT-SO MAX730CSA 

MAX758EVKIT-DIP MAX750CPA 

MAX758EVKIT-S0 MAX750CSA 

Step-Up DC-PC Converters 
MAX655EVKIT-DIP MAX654CPD, MAX657CPD 
MAX731 EVKIT-DIP MAX732CPA, MAX733CPA 
MAX732EVKIT-SO 
MAX752EVKIT-DIP 

Inverting DC-DC Converters 

MAX739EVKIT-DIP MAX736CPD, MAX737CPD, MAX759CPD 
MAX759EVKIT-SO 



./i/iyjxiyn. 



ln the right column is a listing of additional 
similar devices which can be evaluated using the 
base kit. To evaluate a device that does not have 
its own kit, order the base kit and a free sample of 
the device to be evaluated. Use only the names of 
the base kits when ordering kits. 

For example, to evaluate the MAX730 in D I P 
package, order the MAX738EVKIT-DIP and a 
separate MAX730CPA free sample. Notice there is 
no kit named "MAX730EVKIT-DIP." 



POWER SUPPLY EVALUATION KITS 



sKits 



Also evaluates these devices 

( Order separate tree sample along with base kit ) 



Dual Output (Step-Up/lnvertina) DC-DC Converter 
MAX743EVKIT-DIP 

Multiple Output Complete Power Supply Systems 
M AX71 6EVKIT-S0 

MAX718EVKIT-SO MAX71 7CSE, MAX719CSE 

MAX722EVKIT-SO MAX723CSE 

Note that the following kits are completely pre-assembled with surface-mounted 
devices. They are targeted for specific applications. 

MAX71 6EVKIT-SO "Small Microprocessor-Controlled Systems Supply EVKIT" 
MAX71 8EVKIT-S0 "Palmtop Computer & Flash Memory Power Supply EVKIT" 
MAX722EVKIT-S0 "Palmtop Computer & LCD Driver Power Supply EVKIT" 
MAX732EVKIT-SO "Flash Memory Power Supply EVKIT" 
MAX759EVKIT-SO "LCD Driver EVKIT" 

>I/I>JXI>I/I 



4-18 



r 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 





Low Noise 




Low Voltage 


Low Power 


High Speed 


Precision 


MAX410/412/414 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 




MAX406/407 




4 


VERY! 






M AX40 2/403/438/439 






✓ 


✓ 




MAX480 




✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


MAX427/437 


✓ 






✓ 


✓ 



■ — • 







vui^xiyi/i 



5-1 



• -2 4V to 15.5V Supply Voltage Range 

• Input Noise Voltage Density < 2.4nVA/Hz 

• Dual Op Amp (MAX412) Available in 8-Pin DIP/SO 

• 28MHz Unity-Gain Bandwidth 

• 115dB Min Open-Loop Gain 

• 2.5mA Supply Current Per Amplifier 

• Single/Dual/Quad 

ynyjxiyn_ 



LO\ 


V NOISE OP AM 


IPS 


i 


MAX410/41 2/414 


OP227A 


- OP270A 


LT1028A 


Specified al t5V 


YES 


NO 


NO 


NO 


AmpWtera per Package 


1/2/4 


2 


2 


t 


Noise Voltage Density al 1kHz 
(nVhfoz max) 


2.4 


3.9 


3.5 


1.1 


Noise Current Density al 1kHz 


1.2 


04 


Not Specified 


1.0 


Supply Current per amp (mA max) 


3.3 


2.3 


2.S 


9.5 


Inpu Vottage Range 


7 


4 


2 


2 


Output Voltage Swing 
fVp-prnin.±5VSuDD»est 


7.3 


4 


4 


4.6 


Input OHsel Voltage (jiV man) 


250 


80 


50 


40 


Input Bias Current (nA max) 


ISO 


35 


10 


90 


GBW (MHz typ) 


28 


8 


6 


75 


Stow Rate <V/ps typ) 


4.5 


2.8 


2 


15 


Open Loop Gain (V/u V mm) 


0.56 


1 


0.5 


7 


Note: Specifications lor MAX4 1 2 wilh i5V supplies; ail oiriers ± 1 SV unless otherwise noled 



MAX406/MAX407 SINGLE/DUAL 
MICROPOWER OP AMPS 

• 1.2uA max Supply Current/Amplifier 

• 2.5V to 10V Supply Range 

• Input Range Includes Ground 

• Outputs Swing Rail-to-Rail 

• 0.5mV max Offset Voltage (MAX406) 

• 8-Pin DIP and SOIC Packages 



MAX410/412/414 single/dual/quad low noise 
amplifiers set new noise standards in low-voltage 
systems. Noise is 100% tested to guarantee 
less than 2.4nV/Vfiz. Unity-gain stable bandwidth 
is 28MHz and slew rate is 4.5V/us. Other critical 
parameters for low voltage operation are also 
guaranteed: 
Supply current less than 3.3mA per amplifier 
Output voltage swing of +3.6V into 2kfl 
Supply voltage range of +2.4V to ±5.5V 

The MAX412, unlike other low-noise duals, 
is available in space-saving 8-pin DIP and SOIC 



This table compares key specs for common 
low noise op-amps. As can be seen, the MAX410 
family excels when the supply voltage is limited. 
Especially critical to dynamic range at low supply 
are noise, input voltage range, and output voltage 
swing. 



The MAX406/MAX407 (single/dual) 
micropower op amps are designed with battery 
operation squarely in mind. 1.2uA (per amplifier) 
supply current represents a dramatic reduction 
over previous micropower amplifiers. Supply 
current is held constant over the supply voltage 
range, so that current does not vary as battery 
voltage changes. 

Despite running on only 1 .2uA, the MAX406 
maintains linearity under loaded conditions. The 
output can source 2mA when powered from a 9V 
battery and drives smaller loads when powered 
from only 3V. Outputs also drive nearly unlimited 
capacitive loads without oscillating, a very unusual 
trait for a low power amplifier. 

The MAX406/MAX407 are ideal for 
single-supply operation. Common-mode input 
range extends from the negative rail to V+ - 1.1V, 
while the output stage swings rail-to-rail. The 
MAX406 operates in both compensated mode and 
decompensated modes. In the compensated 
mode, the MAX406 is unity-gain stable with a 8kHz 
bandwidth. Uncompensated (AVCL > 2V/V), the 
MAX406 guarantees a 40kHz gain-bandwidth. 
The MAX409 is a decompensated version of the 
MAX406, offering a guaranteed gain bandwidth 
product of 80kHz (AVCL > 10V/V) and a slew rate 
of 40V/ms. 



5-2 



DRIVING CAPACITIVE LOADS 

• Stable For Cap. Loads Beyond 10nF 





ynyjxiyu 



For a low- (or micro-) power amplifier to do 
its job, it must be able to deal with real-world load 
conditions. This includes capacitive loads, which 
are often a notorious problem for low power output 
stages. A large part of the benefit of a low power 
amp is lost if a buffer must then be added. The 
behavior of the MAX406 under heavy capacitive 
loading is shown in these photos. Connected as a 
unity-gain buffer, the op amp shows no signs of 
ringing into a 1nF load and only a small amount 
when driving 10nF. 



TWO-WIRE REMOTE pH MEASUREMENT 




w 4 ,ov»— . >, u 

OFFSET TO l>_r 
ADJ. <• 1 



_ynyjxiyu. 



INVERTED REFERENCE CIRCUIT 
CONSUMES 300nA 




_/Vivixiyvi_ 



This circuit converts the high-impedance 
output of a pH probe into a sink current, which is 
sent down a two-wire cable and converted to a 
0-1 .4V buffered output voltage. The pH transmitter 
portion of the circuit, consisting of a 2N3904 
transistor and a MAX406 op amp, receives 
operating power from the output portion: power 
and signal travel along the same wires. Accuracy 
is maintained by the extremely low bias current and 
quiescent current of the input amp. The supply 
current variation of the MAX406 contributes less 
than 1 mV of output error, which equals 1 % of 1 pH 
unit at the output. 

The output stage consists of a MAX482 low 
power dual op amp and a MAX674 reference. One 
amplifier, connected as a difference amp, reads the 
current signal from the input stage as a voltage 
across the sense resistor, R1 . The second amp in 
the MAX482 provides additional gain and a means 
of adjusting the output offset. The output provides 
to 1.4V forapH of to 14. 



By biasing a low power reference (MAX873) 
so that it sits in the feedback path of a CMOS op 
amp, a precise -2.5V reference output is generated 
without using resistors to set inverting amplifer 
gain. Without these resistors, two sources of error 
are removed: 1 ) error that would have resulted from 
resistor matching in a conventional op amp inverter 
and, 2) since the circuit output current is supplied 
by the op amp, load current at the reference IC 
output is constant so reference load regulation 
errors are reduced. 



5-3 



MICROPOWER POSITIVE SUPPLY 
CURRENT MONITOR 



VSUPPLY 


Rz 


»5V 


120k 


+9V 


320k 


+ 12V 


470k 


+24V 


MM 


+48V 


2.2M 




MICROPOWER 60Hz NOTCH FILTER 




Q = 7.5 

R=12k C = 0.22|»F 60Hz 
H= 14.4k C = 22uF 50H2 



This circuit measures the load current 
sourced from a positive DC supply and converts it 
to a ground-referenced signal voltage. It senses in 
the positive side of the load without using an 
instrumentation amplifier or precise resistor 
matching. Output current lo (proportional to load 
current) flows through Ro to produce Vo- Since lo 
is a true current source, it can be referenced to any 
level within the supplies, but ground is usually 
preferred. 

The ICL7612A common mode range 
includes the supplies, so it can sense small 
voltages near the positive rail (such as those 
appearing across Rs)- Rf should equal 100xRs or 
1 0OOxRs. The component values shown provide a 
0-1 V output for a to 1A load current. The 
ILC761 2A uses 20|iA and operates from a supply 
as low as 2.5V. The op amp supply is produced with 
5 series diodes biased by Rz, which can be 
selected from the table. 



With the MAX406, a classic "Twin-T" line 
frequency notch filter can be implemented using far 
less power than previous designs. As depicted 
here, the notch has a Q of 7.5 and a depth of 35dB 
without trimming component values. The 
MAX406's low bias current allows large values of 
Ra and Rb without affecting filter Q. 

The quiescent current of the circuit is only a 
few uA at low input frequencies, and rises to about 
100uA at 60Hz. The restricted bandwidth of the 
MAX406 does not limit performance since the 
capacitors conduct directly from input to output at 
frequencies much beyond 60Hz. 



TWIN-T 60Hz NOTCH RESPONSE 





















































































t 





























































































































































FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1000 

yn.dxivvi_ 



5-4 



• 150kHz Gain Bandwidth 

• 1 .2u A'Amplif ier max Supply Current 

• 75V/ms Slew Rate 

• Stable for Gains of 10 or Greater 

• Single and Dual in 8-Pin DIP and SOIC 

ynyjxivvi 



MAX480 

PRECISION MICROPOWER OP AMP 

• Operates From Total Supplies of +1.6V to +36V 

• Input and Output Voltage Ranges Include Ground 

• 16nA Per Amplifier Typ. Supply Current 

• 70u V Max Input Offset Voltage 

. 1.5|aV/ C Max Offset Voltage Drift 

• 3nA Max Input Bias Current 

ynyixi/i/i- 



MICROPOWER PRECISION OP AMPS: 
A COMPARISON 





MAX 480 


OP90 


Output Voltage Swing (mini 


500M-W4V 


500uV/4V 


input OHset Vottage (max) 


70uV 


!50uV 


Input Bias Current (max) 


InA 


ISM 


Input Voltage Range (min) 


0/4V 


0/4 V* 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (mrn) 


70» 


700k 


Slew Hate (min) 


5V/ms 


SV/ms 


Supply Current (max) 


15uA 


tSuA 


Input Noise Voltage (typ) 


3|iVpp- 


3uVp-p" 


Gain Bandwidth (typ) 


a*Hz 


20kHz 


• V+-5V.V--0V 

" tO - 0.1 Hz to 1 0Hi. Vs - ±1 5V 




yuiyixivvi 



J JVililO Oir^VV laiC VVIillC iw.vj.i.y Liy. .. IVS W OW^^rjr 

current maximum of only 1 .2uA. These amplifers 
differ from the MAX406/407 in that they are 
compensated for closed-loop gains of 10 or 
greater. 



The MAX480 precision micropower op amp 
combines flexible power-supply capability with 
superior DC performance over the industry- 
standard OP90. Input offset voltage is guaranteed 
over the full supply voltage range. Low input bias 
current, input offset current, and drift, represents a 
significant advantage over the highest OP90 



Both input and output voltage ranges include 
the negative supply rail, allowing "ground-sensing" 
operation when the amplifers are powered from a 
single supply. The MAX480 operates with single 
supplies ranging from 1 .6V to 36V, consuming less 
than 20|iA. Despite low quiescent current, the 
amplifier output can sink or source 5mA. 



HIGH-SPEED MICROPOWER OP AMPS 





UAX402 


UAX403 


MAX 438 


MAX439 


Supply Cun-orf 


75pAma» 


37SuAmax. 


75pAma> 


375uAmax. 


G8W 


2MHz 




•MHz' 


25MHz- 


Uin. GBW 


1.4MH2 


7MHz 


4MHz 


IHMHz 


Slew Rale 


7VJ|is 




lOV/us 


«Viw 


Mai. Stow Rale 


5Wus 


25V/US 






OpmllngSwIyVduge 


13V » 15V 


±3V»±5V 


13VB15V 


±3Vto±5V 


Itch* Bias Current 


ISnAfnax- 


x2SnAmax. 


15nAmax, 


125nAmax. 


Input Onset Voltage 


2mVmax 






2mVmax. 



One high performance spec not previously 
available to designers of low power analog systems 
with limited supplies (i.e. designers that are 
"potentially challenged"), is speed. The MAX402 
series offers a remarkable combination of high 
speed and micropower operation. At only 375u,A 
supply current, the 25MHz MAX439 slews at 
48V/us! Specifications of other devices in the 
family are outlined in the table. The MAX438/439, 
which are compensated for closed-loop gains 
above 5, achieve higher speed than the 
MAX402/403 while using the same supply current. 
All four devices operate from dual ±3V to +5V 
supplies, or from single +6V to supplies, making 
them ideal for low-power signal processing and 
remote sensors. 



MAX402/403, MAX438/439 
BREAK 10MHz/mA BARRIER 



OP15 

SB ■ 

OP27 m HA250 

OPA602 LM6218 „ 



MAXeSa' 



i — i i 1 1 m i r r~ 

10 

BANDWIDTH (MHztyp) 



I Mill 

100 

_>i/iyjxi>M. 



FAST LOW-NOISE PRECISION OP AMPS 
MAX427/437 





UAX427 


MAX437 (Mln V « 5) 


Input Offset (uVmax.) 


15 


15 


Input Notes Voltage (0.1Hz to 10Hz. uVp-pmax.) 


0.16 


0.18 


1 0Hz Noise Voltage Density (nVAffizmax.) 


5.5 


5.5 


1 0Hz Noise Current Density (pA/Vfiz ma.) 


4.0 


4.0 


Slew Rate (V^smh.) 


1.7 


11 


Gain Bandwidth (MHz mil.) 


5 


45 



.yi/iyixiyi/i- 



For applications needing high speed AND 
DC precision, the MAX427 and MAX437 provide 
both without compromise. Offset and open loop 
gain specs surpass those of the OP27 and LT1 007. 
As the table shows, the MAX437 (NOT an Intel 2nd 
source!) acheives nine times higher bandwidth 
than the MAX427 by employing compensation that 
maintains stablity for gains of 5 or greater. 



5-6 



VIDEO/HIGH SPEED 



• Video MUX/Amplifiers 



• Building Large Array Crosspoint Switches 

• High-Speed Buffers and Amplifiers 

• Wideband Transconductance Amplifiers 

• Comparators 

• High-Speed, Low Power 

• Threshold Programmable 

• Clocked ECL 



_yi/i>jxi>i/i 





6-1 




.✓nyjxiyi/i- 



range (01 RE to 100IRE) 
Differential gain 



to black (7.5IRE, 0.054V). The two unmodulated 
pedestals at the ends of each waveform represent 
black and white. The center pedestals, modulated 
bythe3.58MHzchrominancesubcarrier, represent 
six primary colors and six secondary colors in 
descending order of relative luminance amplitude. 
The 8 pedestals represent, in order: white, yellow, 
cyan, green, magenta, red, blue and black. When 
displayed on a screen, this signal appears as a 
color bar test pattern. 

The -40IRE pulse at the start of the 
waveform is the sync pulse. This starts a new video 
scan line. The sync pulse is followed by the color 
burst signal, which is the reference for determining 
hase angle of the chrominance signal that 
colors in the displayed scan 
line. 

The color bar test signal is often used to 
measure differential gain and differential phase 
errors in video circuits. In the test signal, these 
errors appear as non-linearities in the chrominance 
signal as the luminance level is varied over its full 



VIDEO "T SWITCH IMPROVES OFF 
ISOLATION 



r— If— I 
I i 

-4 — 6d — 4 



r-- II— i 
i 

4- 



.yuiyjxiyM. 



and differential phase 
specifications are critical for color video system 
components, for they correspond directly to contrast 
and color distortions in the displayed signal. 

DIFFERENTIAL GAIN: The change in the 
amplitude of the chrominance signal as the 
luminance signal varies from the blanking level (0V, 
OIRE) to the white level (0.714V, 100IRE). 
Differential gain is usually expressed as a 
percentage change in gain over the full excursion 
of the luminance signal. 

DIFFERENTIAL PHASE. The change in 
the phase angle of the chrominance signal as the 
luminance signal is varied from the blanking level 
to the white level. Differential phase is measured 
in degrees. 

A "T" switch configuration reduces crosstalk 
in a number of Maxim video products. The "T" 
switch has lower effective feedthrough capacitance 
and, therefore, higher off isolation and 
inter-channel isolation than a single switch. 
When the network is "on", two series FETs between 
the input and the output turn on. In the off state, 
these devices turn off, and the junction between 
them is shunted to ground via a third N-channel 
FET. This shunts to ground any AC signal coupled 
through the input FET's drain-to-source 
capacitance. The MAX456 (8 x 8 crosspoint) 
achieves 80dB off isolation at 5MHz using this 
technique. 



TRADITIONAL VIDEO MULTIPLEXING 



-WrV— y-^VW- 

== Con 



| Cqff«Cqn 



VIDEO AMPLIFIER 



T r.g T p~ QUI 

1 



_ynyjxi/n_ 



MAXIM VIDEO MUX/AMPLIFIERS 



SPECIFICATION 


MAX440/1/3 


MAX442 


MAX453 4 5 


NUMBER OF CHANNELS 


8/4(2 


2 


2/4/8 


BANDWIDTH (MHz) 


160 


140 


50 


DIFFERENTIAL PHASE (deques) 


0.03 


0.09 


1.2 


DIFFERENTIAL GAIN (%) 


0.04 


0.07 


0.5 


SLEW RATE (V/(is) 


370 


250 


300 


"ON" INPUT CAPACITANCE (pF) 


4 


4 


7 


"OFF" INPUT CAPACITANCE (pF) 


4 


4 


3.5 



Traditional video multiplexing solutions 
involve the use of separate video multiplexers and 
amplifiers. This has several inherent compromises. 

The distributed on-resistance and 
capacitance of the multiplexer and the input 
capacitance of the amplifier form an RC network 
that degrades wideband performance. This RC 
product must be minimized for best bandwidth. 
Unfortunately, CMOS switch on-resistance and 
input capacitance tend to be mutually exclusive 
integrated circuit design goals; devoting large die 
area to switches reduces on resistance, but at the 
expense of increased capacitance. Large switches 
also have more differential between "ON" and 
"OFF" capacitance, which can degrade 
performance in video crosspoint switches by 
altering the load impedance seen by the signal 
source when different channels are switched on. 
Conversely, reducing switch size decreases 
capacitance, but also increases on-resistance. 

One effective solution to video multiplexing 
problems involves integrating the multiplexer and 
amplifier on a single die. This permits the use of 
small, low capacitance switches, and reduces high 
frequency attenuation. Since the high impedance, 
non-inverting amplifier input is not exposed to the 
outside world, cross-coupling of high frequencies 
is also greatly reduced. 



Video multiplexer/amplifiers are now 
available in bandwidths as high as 160MHz and 
with differential gain and phase spec's that are 
suitable for broadcast quality color video signals. 
The MAX440-443 utilize Maxim's new high speed 
bipolar technology while the MAX453-455 are 
fabricated in CMOS. The MAX442 (2 channel) is 
compensated for unity-gain, so its bandwidth and 
slew-rate are slightly lower than those of the 
MAX443. 



8-PIN VIDEO MUX/BUFFER 



• 0.03' Dlff . 
. 0.04% Dlff. 



SIGNALS r\y^ 

IN - ■ INI |^ JN^ 



:o.ii* 



7SQ 
7SQ CABLE 



CABLE V,DEO 
OUTPUT 

I *>7M 



CHANNEL -SV 
SELECT 

SV\A,*X\/\A 1 



6-3 



4X4 VIDEO CROSSPOINT DIRECTLY 
DRIVES 75Q 



DO r" 



X4 



-**T— >— t-c 
: 5- 



_ynyjxi>vi ; 



16-CHANNEL VIDEO MUX DRIVES 75Q 
AT 110MHz 



i in t i t i 



t i 8 ! I 8 8 S« 





The unique design of the MAX440 family of 
multiplexer/amplifiers provides input capacitance 
of only 4pF. Furthermore, input capacitance does 
not change between "ON" and "OFF" channel 
states. This means that input channels may be 
driven in parallel with minimal reduction in 
bandwidth, making MAX440 series devices ideal 
for broadcast quality video crosspoint matrices. 



High bandwidth and output current capability 
make the MAX440 series ideal for driving 50ii or 
75Q video cables. The MAX440/1/3, when 
connected with 6dB closed loop gain, drives 150Q 
(75Q back terminated cable) to ±3V, at 110MHz. 
Differential phase and gain are 0.03° and 0.04%. 

The MAX440 output amplifier can be 
disabled by driving the EN control input low. When 
disabled, the output becomes a high impedance 
load (130k£2, 15pF) which can easily be driven by 
other video output. This allows the MAX440 to 
operate in large matrices where several device 
outputs are connected in parallel. 

The drawing shows a 16 channel video 
multiplexer with OdB insertion loss. When no 
channels in one MAX440 are active, that mux is 
disabled. Note that outputs are connected after the 
back- termination resistors so that the active output 
is isolated from the small capacitive load of the 
disabled output. Gain is set slightly higher than 
6dB to compensate for the voltage divider formed 
by the disabled amplifier's gain setting and back 
termination resistors. The back termination 
resistors are increased to 80. 6Q so that the 
equivalent resistance at the transmitting end of the 
cable equals 75S2. 



OUTPUT 
SELECT ' 

INPUT ■ 
SELECT . 

OH 
SERIAL ' 

I/O 



MAX456 8X8 CROSSPOINT 



WP 
LATCH 



8 INPUT CHANNELS 

I I I I I I I I 



D1/ SEROU T 
D0/SER IN 



T-SWITCH 
MATRIX 



"Nn AfiND 



4X 

MAX457 DUAL 




The MAX456 contains a 30MHz 8x8 
"T switch" matrix arranged for 8 input and 8 output 
channels. Each output drives 400fl and 20pF to 
1 .2V. Switch programming data is loaded into the 
MAX456 one of two ways: as a 7-bit parallel word, 
or as a 32-bit serial stream. Each of the 8 output 
channels may be connected to any one input 
channel. The MAX456 outputs are also 
conveniently pinned out to drive MAX457 dual 
amplifiers so that 751i loads can be driven with 
minimum components. 



6-4 




wi>jxiyi/i > 



layout ana ftsuuues noise. ine ruwo pm 
configuration allows digital data to be easily routed 
away from video inputs. In this 16x16 crosspoint 
example, the data bus is perpendiculer to the video 
input bus to minimize coupling. Typically video 
signals travel in a separate PCB layer, further 
reducing digital-analog crosstalk. The low 
impedance video outputs are much less sensitive 
to coupled noise than high impedance video inputs, 
so the output bus can be routed in parallel with data 
lines with little coupling. Output channels are 
increased by adding more columns of MAX456's to 
the matrix, while input channels can be increased 
by adding more rows of MAX456s. 



MAX456 DIFFERENTIAL GAIN AND 
PHASE vs NUMBER OF PARALLELED 
OUTPUTS 




THE MAX404 HIGH-SPEED OP AMP 

• 500V/|xs Typ. Slew Rate 

• 80MHz Typ. Bandwidth: Avcl = 2 

• Settles to 0.1% in Typ. 70ns 

• Differential Gain: 0.05% Typ. 

• Differential Phase: 0.01 * Typ. 

• Output Current up to 50mA Min. 



For MAX456 switch matrices larger than 
8x8, output buffers must be connected in parallel. 
Each output must be connected to a second 
MAX456 output to implement a 16 x 16 matrix 
while 3 outputs must paralleled for a 24 x 24 
crosspoint. Only 1 of the paralleled output buffers 
can be enabled at any one time. The active buffer 
must therefor drive the load presented by the 
disabled buffers in addition to the normal output 
load. The additional capacitive load (typically 7pF 
per disabled output) , degrades differential gain and 
phase in the active buffer. The graph shows 
MAX456 differential gain and phase performance 
when output buffers are paralleled. The MAX456 
16x16 crosspoint matrix previously shown can be 
implemented for NTSC color video systems with 
very good results. A 24 x 24 video crosspoint with 
MAX456s provides slightly degraded, but still 
satisfactory performance for many color systems. 



The MAX404 is a high-speed op amp 
optimized for AC performance, output drive, and 
stability in the face of varying load conditions. 
Featuring 80MHz gain-bandwidth, 500V/us slew 
rate and 0.01 70.05% differential phase and gain, 
this amplifier is ideal for video and other high-speed 
applications. Unlike current-feedback amplifiers, 
the MAX404 can be used in virtually all high-speed 
amplifier applications because it has fully 
symmetric differential inputs, 70dB CMRR, and 
66dB of open-loop gain. 



6-5 



MAX404 STABLE WITH UNLIMITED 
CAPACITIVE LOADS 




TIME (ns) 500ns/DIV 



1000pF 



_/kiyjxi>i/i- 



The MAX404 remains stable while driving 
nearly unlimited capacitive loads. As a result, flash 
A/D converter inputs, long coaxial cables, and other 
large or varying capacitive loads can be driven 
without output oscillation or ringing. This photo 
shows the output pulse response of the MAX404 
when driving loads of 100pF, 470pF and 1000pF. 



MAX404 DRIVES THREE 7512 
VIDEO CABLES 



0.08% DIFFERENTIAL GAIN ERROR 
0.16' DIFFERENTIAL PHASE ERROR 




-ynyjxivui- 



With a guaranteed continuous output current 
of 50mA over the entire operating temperature 
range, the MAX404 drives 3 back-terminated 75Q. 
video cables to +2.5V (±1 .25V at the receiving end 
of the cable). Back termination resistors prevent 
signal reflections at the cable output and also 
minimize crosstalk between cables. 



MAX404 DIFFERENTIAL GAIN AND 
PHASE vs NUMBER OF DRIVEN CABLES 




OF DRIVEN CABLES 



-yviyixiyi'i. 



The additional load presented by multiple 
cables can degrade the differential gain and phase 
performance of video amplifiers. The graph shows 
MAX404 differential gain (left bar) and differential 
phase (right bar) errors when driving 1 , 2 or 3 video 
cables. Even when driving 3 cables, differential 
gain and phase errors are limited to only 0.08% and 



MAX405 HIGH-SPEED BUFFER 
AMPLIFIER 

. 180MHz Bandwidth/650V/us Slew Rate 

. 0.01 Differential Phase/0.03% Differential Gain 

• 0.99 Min Gain When Loaded Over Temperature 

• Dirves 4 Back-Terminated 75£5 Loads to +2.25V 

• Gain Adjustable Up to 1.1 



The MAX405 buffer combines high speed 
with precision. It guarantees precisely trimmed 
gain while continuously driving up to 
4 back-terminated 75Q. loads by virtue of only 
0.0112 output resistance. Differential gain and 
phase performance are ideal for high quality video 
signal buffering: 0.03% and 0.01 ' 

* urn- 



MAX405 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC FOR 
BOARD LAYOUT 




With IN+, IN- and OUT located on adjacent 
pins, the pin placement of the MAX405 is very 
conducive to AC input guarding. Since each of 
these pins are at the same potential, the 
low-impedance output can drive a shield ring for 
the input. The driven shield reduces the effective 
input capacitance of the MAX405 to less than 1 pF, 
allowing a 100MHz bandwidth with source 
impedances as great as 1 .6ka. 



MAX405 BOARD LAYOUT 




6-7 



MAX435/MAX436 WIDEBAND 
TRANSCONDUCTANCE AMPLIFIERS 

• No Feedback 

. 250MHz Bandwidth 

• Wideband Gain Independent ot Bandwidth 

• 20ns Settling Time 

• Fast Overload Recovery 

• True Differential High Impedance Inputs 



The MAX435/MAX436 Wideband 
Transconductance Amplifiers (WTA) represent a 
new design approach to high-speed monolithic 
amplifiers. A unique architecture allows 
single-ended or differential signal gain to be set by 
the ratio of 2 impedances. These amplifiers are 
also intrinsically stable since they use no closed 
loop feedback. Phase shift does not affect amplifier 
stability. The WTA output is a current proportional 
to the differential input voltage. 

Unlike conventional voltage mode 
amplifiers, the WTA needs no compensation by an 
internally set dominant pole. Voltage mode 
amplifiers require this pole to roll off open loop gain 
and prevent oscillation from high frequency phase 
shift. Since WTAs forgo this pole, bandwidth is 
relatively independent of gain, somewhat like 
current mode amplifiers. 



MAX435/MAX436 BANDWIDTH 
INDEPENDENT OF GAIN 



CONVENTIONAL VOLTAGE TRANSCONDUCTANCE AND CURRENT 

GAIN FEEDBACK AMPLIFIER GAIN FEEDBACK AMPLIFIER 





yviyixiyi/i 



DIFFERENTIAL INPUT 
WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 




Unlike current-mode feedback amplifiers, 
Maxim's Wideband Transconductance Amplifier 
(WTA) has symmetrical inputs with an input 
impedance of about 400k£2. This allows true 
differential input applications as shown in the 
figure. This is not currently possible with 
current -feedback amplifiers because of widely 
different input impedance at their non-inverting and 
inverting inputs. Although proper board layout and 
power supply bypassing are still required to 
optimize WTA performance, the absence of 
feedback provides inherently greater immunity to 
oscillation induced by parasitic board capacitance 
and inductance. 

The factor K in the gain equation refers to the 
current gain of the MAX435/MAX436. K is trimmed 
at the factory to provide a low drift, stable circuit 
gain for WTA applications. For the differential 
output MAX435, K is trimmed to 4.0 +2.5%. K for 
the MAX436 is trimmed to 8.0 ±2.5%. 



MAX435 DIFFERENTIAL INPUT, 
DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT 
WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 




/kiyjxiyfi ) 



HIGH-SPEED COMPARATORS 



ncuvc 1 PROP. DELAY j OUTPUT 
utviLt | | jype 


CONFIGURATION 


COMMENT 


MAX900 


8 


TTL 


Quad 


All but MAX901 include 


MAX901 


Quad 


MAX902 


Dual 
Single 


latch. Lowest prop, delay x 
power product in industry. 


MAX903 


MAX905 


2 


ECL 


Single 


Input -output isolation with 


MAX906 


Dual 


latch. 3mV threshold 
resolution. 


MAX910 


5 


TTL 


Single 


Digital programming of 
threshold. Comparator latch 
included. 


MAX911 


2 


ECL 


MAX9685 


1.2 


ECL 


Single 


Comparator latch included, 
except in MAX9690 All 


MAX9687 


1.4 


Dual 


MAX9690 


1.3 


Single 


drive 50tl. 


MAX9686 


6 


TTL 


Single 


Comparator latch included. 


UAX9698 


Dual 



jv\/nu/v\. 



MAX900-903 HIGH-SPEED 
LOW-POWER COMPARATORS 

• 8ns Typ. Propagation Delay 

• 3.5mA Max Supply Current per Comparator 

• Separate Analog and Digital Supplies 

• Flexible Analog Supply: +5V to 10V or ±5V 

• Input Range to Negative Supply -100mV 

• TTL Compatible Outputs 

• TTL Compatible Latch Inputs 

• Single, Dual, and Quad Versions 







./rviyjxiyu ) 



The MAX900-MAX903 analog comparators 
provide high speed performance at a fraction of the 
supply current of existing devices. Typical 
propagation delay is only 8ns, while the maximum 
current consumption is less than 3.5mA per 
comparator. Power can be supplied from separate 
analog and digital supplies or from a single supply. 
Analog input range includes the negative rail, 
allowing ground sensing when powered from a 
single supply. 



6-9 



POWER SUPPLY FLEXIBILITY 
SIMPLIFIES LEVEL SHIFTING 
MAX900-903 



+10V ANALOG TO TTL 



BIPOLAR ANALOG TO TTL 



ANALOG DIGITAL ANALOG DIGITAL 

SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY 



ANALOG 
SUPPLY 



.✓i/iyjxiyi/L 



Independent analog and digital supply 
connections on the MAX900-MAX903 minimize 
noise coupling from digital to analog circuitry. 
Separate supply connections also provide flexibility 
for level shifting. The analog input section can be 
powered from ±5V, or a single +5V to +1 OV supply. 
The digital output supply can then remain at +5V to 
maintain TTL compatability. As illustrated, supply 
flexibility allows a wide range of analog signal 
inputs while maintaining a consistant TTL 
compatible output. 



LOW POWER CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR 




_yi/i>ixiyi/i 1 



Many digital and mixed-mode systems 
require a stable crystal clock source. "Canned" 
oscillators are of course very common for standard 
frequencies (10MHz, 20MHz, etc), but are difficult 
to find in high non-standard frequencies. Also 
canned oscillators frequently require buffers for 
heavy loads. The MAX903's 10ns propagation 
delay and large open-loop gain are well suited to 
crystal oscillator applications. This circuit will 
provide a clock source with crystals ranging from 
10MHz to 25MHz, while driving a 500f2 load. 

The R1-C1 network reduces high frequency 
gain to prevent oscillation at undesired cystal 
overtone frequencies. R1 and C1 can be 
eliminated for crystals below 10MHz. C2 and R2 
roll off low frequency gain and prevent overtone 
crystals from oscillating at their fundamental 
frequency. For clock sources below 10MHz, C2 
may have to be increased. 



HIGH-SPEED, THRESHOLD- 
PROGRAMMABLE VOLTAGE 
COMPARATORS 




11 12 
REFIN RA RB TH 
OUT 



_ykiyjxi>n_ 



The MAX910 and MAX91 1 high-speed 
comparators include an on-chip DAC to program 
the comparator threshold. The MAX910 
comparator has a single TTL-compatible output 
(8ns prop delay); the MAX911 has differential 
ECL-compatible output (4ns prop delay). Both 
comparators have latchable outputs. The 
threshold level is set in either 1 0mV or 20mV steps 
(2.56V or 5. 1 2V full-scale range) as set by the DAC 
and two on-chip span resistors. The threshold can 
be updated within 50ns. The MAX910 and 
MAX91 1 have separate analog and digital ground 
for noise rejection. The devices are normally 
powered from ±5V, although the traditional -5.2V 
ECL power rail is also permissible. 



6-10 



THRESHOLD UPDATE AND 
COMPARATOR OUTPUT IN 
LESS THAN 60ns 




C NON INVERTING 
COMPARATOR 
INPUT 
(IMmVAKI 
COMPARATOR 
OUTPUT 

.vuyjxiyu- 



The internal DAC in the MAX910/MAX911 
typically settles in 50ns. This settling time, 
combined with propagation delays less than 10ns 
(5ns for the MAX91 1 , 1 0ns for the MAX91 0) allow 
a threshold voltage update and input comparison 
in less than 60ns. Quick response to threshold 
voltage changes make the MAX910/91 1 excellent 
front-end devices for multi-channel, high-speed 
automatic test or data acquisition systems. 



MAX905/MAX906 HIGH SPEED ECL 
COMPARATORS 



(ECL) 
CLK CLK 



MASTEF 
D 



SLAVE 

5 g 



AM PLIFIER MASTER-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP ^™ 



' Qout 

QOUT 



• 3mV Resolution 

• 4ns Max Set-Up Time/1 ns Max Hold Time 

• 3ns Max Propagation Delay 
(Independent of Overdrive) 

• MAX905 Single/MAX906 Dual 



_>nyjxi/i/i l 



By adding a high-speed master-slave 
flip-flop, output oscillation can be eliminated in 
many fast comparator applications. A clocked 
architecture eliminates parasitic coupling between 
inputs and outputs, and consequently eliminates 
the major source of instability. Clocking also frees 
high-speed comparator propagation delay from its 
depedence on input overdrive. The MAX905 
single, and MAX906 dual, high speed comparators 
include clock inputs on chip. 



MAX905/MAX906 TIMING 




ynyjxi>u_ 



The clocked design can confuse normal 
comparator terminology when describing specs. 
Normally "propagation delay" is the most important 
comparator speed spec. In the MAX905/906, 
propagation delay (tpp) describes the delay from a 
clock edge (not the input) to a valid output (see 
timing diagram). Prop delay plus setup time (ts) is 
the total time from input change to output (7ns 
max). BUT REMEMBER that the comparator 
output, although delayed by 3ns (typ.), is still the 
correct decision about the analog input at the time 
of the clock edge (within 2ns). 



6-11 



ACTIVE FILTERS 



► 








► 



• Continuous "MF10" - No Clock 

• DC Accurate Filter Techniques 

• 8th Order, Fixed Shape Switched-Cap Filters 

• Building Frequency-Adjustable Continuous Filters 

yi/i>jxi>i/i_ 



MAX274/MAX275 



SINGLE MAX274/MAX275 SECTION 



Connect Fc to: 


RY/RX: 


V* 


25 


GND 


5 


V- 


1/4 




INPUT 



'(R2) (R4 + 5K) Rx 



L.r.i*ain.- R1 x Rx 



X 2 = MAX275 

20 PIN DIP/SOIC 

X4 = MAX274 
24 PIN DIP 
28 PIN SOIC 



• EXTERNAL RESISTORS ONLY — NO CAPS 

• POLE FREQUENCY: 100Hz TO 150kHz (MAX274) 

1 00Hz TO 300kHz (MAX275) 

• ±1% POLE FREQUENCY ACCURACY OVER TEMP! 



JVWVXA/VV 



Active filters built from discrete 
components — op amps, resistors, and 
capacitors — tend to suffer from component 
accuracy and drift problems, as well as layout 
sensitivities. Consistent results over temperature 
require use of expensive low-drift capacitors and 
careful attention to layout. For higher order filters, 
these sensitivities may become overwhelming 
when trying to maintain a consistent filter shape. 

While switched capacitor filters offer a 
solution to these problems by employing 
accurately-trimmed switching capacitors to control 
filter characteristics, they have several limitations: 
the most serious are Nyquist bandwidth limitations, 
switching noise (several millivolts at the switching 
frequency), aliasing, and higher distortion. 

For applications requiring filters that are not 
switched, the MAX274 and MAX275 are the most 
highly integrated, accurate, and cost-effective 
means of building continuous filters available. The 
MAX274/MAX275 are integrated linear filter 
"building blocks". They consist of a network of op 
amps and very accurately trimmed, low-drift 
capacitors. Adding four external resistors per 
second-order section (a fourth-order lowpass filter 
would require eight resistors, for example) 



completes the lowpass or bandpass filter. All-pole 
classic filters, such as Butterworth, Chebyshev, 
and Bessel are realizable. The MAX274/MAX275 
filters overcome many of the problems which led 
designers away from continuous designs to 
switched-capacitor filters. Therefore these 
integrated continuous filters are worth a fresh look. 



'HAT 



AND WHY IS IT 



Most people associate pole frequencies (F ) 
with cutoff frequency — the -3dB point — of a 
lowpass filter, or the center frequency of a 
bandpass filter; Q is related to the amount of 
peaking or passband ripple. Therefore deviations 
in F and Q of a filter "should" correspond to 
deviations in -3dB point and passband peaking, 
respectively. This line of thinking is correct for a 
single second-order section but reduces to a loose 
correlation at best for multiple-order filters. Most 
useful filters consist of multiple sections, each with 
a different pole frequency and Q, connected in 
series to produce the overall desired response. 
Small F and Q inaccuracies in any of the cascaded 
filter sections can have significant (and surprising) 
consequences for the overall shape of the filter. 



7-2 



EFFECTS OF Fo INACCURACY 





FREOUENCY (LOG Hz) 

DISCRETE DESIGN 



FREQUENCY (LOG Hz) 

MAX274 MAX275 DESIGN 

/v\/nu/v\ 



EFFECTS OF Q INACCURACY 



i-« 











III lllllll 

am r\ cdlvidc 












































IDEAL 































































































































FREQUENCY (LOG Hz) 



_>H>JXIyVI_ 



The effects of Fo inaccuracy are shown in 
these plots. The results may be surprising: 
deviations in Fo among the four sections in the 
eighth-order 1dB Chebyshev lowpass filter yield 
excessive passband peaking — not just a skewed 
corner frequency. In this case, the individual filter 
sections have a combination of too low/too high 
pole frequencies (see diagram) — chosen because 
they conspire to produce the most dramatic effects 
in the overall filter shape (realistically, the 
probability of this worst-case combination 
occurring is very low). Pole frequency deviations 
were ±5% for the filters at left (a filter built from 
discrete op amps, capacitors and resistors would 
likely give this type of performance) and ±2% for 
the filters at right (representing a worst-case filter 
built with the MAX274 or MAX275, using ±1% 
tolerance, ±20ppm/*C resistors). The +1% 
accurate filter shown could be built using ±0.1% 
resistors if desired. 



The effects of Q error among filter sections 
is far less dramatic. The +8% deviations from ideal 
Qs in the second-order sections are representative 
of the worst-case deviations using the MAX274 or 
MAX275 with +1 % tolerance resistors. 

In conclusion, the MAX274/275 allow 
superior accuracy, important for achieving the 
expected filter shape. Inaccuracies of op amps, 
resistors, and capacitors make it difficult for a 
discrete filter to match the performance of the 
MAX274/275. 



MAX274/MAX275 NOISE/DISTORTION 



MAX275 FFT PLOT OF 1 kHz TEST SIGNAL 













V, - 5V, V- 
LOWPASS 


--SV 
OUTPUT 
AT 1kHi 

' I 

! 












VlN- 

Rloao 


,'p.f 

-su 

S'C 


































■ 




I 








— ' 







2 






8 





S/(N+D) = -89dB 



FREQUENCY [kHz) 



BANDWIDTH 


NOISE" 


PEAK OUTPUT 
SWING 


10Hz-tOkHz 


<2>iVbms 


t3.5V 



DYNAMIC 
RANGE = 96dB 



"MAX275 FO = 10kHz 
Q=.707 
LP OUTPUT 



->Kiyixiyi/i- 



The MAX274/275 state-variable 
topology — and their use of low noise amplifiers as 
inverters — allows low distortion and good noise 
performance — as low as -89dB Signal-to-Noise + 
Distortion Ratios (tested with 1 kHz test signal). The 
dynamic range of these devices is 96dB. 



7-3 



C-MESSAGE FILTER 



BP FILTER INPUT 




100 Ik 10k 100k 

FREQUENCY (Hz) 

_ynyjxiyu 



An application which takes advantage of the 
MAX274's low noise is the C-Message weighting 
filter. This bandpass filter's shape simulates the 
response of the human ear; it is used in 
telecommunications applications for audio noise 
measurements. Using a single MAX274, the 
C-Message filter is constructed by cascading three 
second-order bandpass sections together with a 
second-order lowpass section, all done using a 
single MAX274. The performance of these filters is 
outstanding: 2.5^iVrms in-band noise and output 
swings of 5Vpp provide nearly 117dB dynamic 
range (operating from 5V supplies). 



C-MESSAGE FILTER POLE/Q 
COEFFICIENTS AND RESISTOR VALUES 



FILTER 
SECTION 


POLE 
FREQUENCY 


Q 


R1 


R2 


R3 


R4 


BP#1 


312.741 


0.6540 


845k 


6.34M 


825k 


6.34M 


BP #2 


933.761 


1.2027 


274k 


2.1 5M 


511k 


2.1 5M 


BP #3 


2541.886 


1.7026 


75k 


787k 


261k 


768k 


LP #4 


3492.778 


2.7316 


133k 


576k 


309k 


562k 



The addition of multiplying D/A converters 
provides digital tuning capability to continuous 
filters. In the fourth-order bandpass filter shown 
using the MAX275, the center frequency is 
proportional to the parall el digi tal code applied to 
the D/A converters. Fc = Vcode (20kHz), where Fc 
is the center frequency and "code" is normalized to 
16/256 ...255/256 (the four LSBs are tied high to 
avoid excessive attenuation of the feedback 
signal). Because the converters change code 
simultaneously, they assure a smooth transition 
between center frequencies. 

Code FFh, for instance, centers both 
2nd-order filter sections at 20kHz with Qs of 25.8, 
resulting in a net (cascaded) Q of 40 and a 
bandwidth of 500Hz. Lower codes attenuate the 
feedback signal between the lowpass output and 
the input of that section, reducing the center 
frequency and Q in proportion across the range 
5kHz to 20kHz. The passband remains a constant 
500Hz. Bandpass gain is unaffected. 




7-4 



ADJUSTABLE CONTINUOUS 
LOWPASS FILTER 



F*JB 


SW1.4 


SW2, 3 


10kHz 


CLOSED 


CLOSED 


20kHz 


OPEN 


OPEN 




4TH-ORDER BUTTERWORTH 
vV1ylXlyVI_ 



If just a few adjustable frequencies are 
required, analog switches offer a simpler 
alternative. This fourth-order Butterworth lowpass 
anti-aliasing filter can accomodate two different 
conversion rates of an A/D converter, for example, 
if its cutoff frequency tracks the A/D converter 
sampling rate. Resistor pairs R3A, R4A, R3B, and 
R4B, which control the pole frequencies and Qs of 
the two sections, are made adjustable with a quad 
SPST analog switch. Each pair of switches selects 
two different "equivalent" feedback resistor values, 
corresponding to two cutoff frequencies: 10KHz 
and 20kHz. Gain remains the same for both cutoff 
frequencies (lowpass gain is affected only by the 
values of R1 and R2, which are fixed in this circuit). 
Errors introduced by the switches' on resistance 
amount to less than 0.5% for Fc and Q for any given 



REMOVE DC OFFSET FROM 
LOWPASS FILTERS — METHOD 1 



R 
270k 




fc 



UAX275 



X27S M VN\J 



BUFFERED DC- 
ACCURATE OUTPUT 
(VOS-100J.V) 



C rf: 0.1|iF 

LP OUTPUT 




+5V GND -5V 



4TH-ORDER 

LOWPASS FILTER 
F3dB = 1 kHz 



.ywyixiyn. 



OFFSET REMOVAL — METHOD 1 




FREQUENCY |Hz) 



./MyiXiyM. 



DC OFFSET REMOVAL 

Any higher-order filter exhibits some DC 
offset at its output — accumulated from a large 
number of cascaded amplifiers. Analog circuitry 
and data converters downstream from the filter 
may require removal of this offset to maintain good 
dynamic range. Trimming the filters by summing a 
DC compensation voltage offset into the input is 
usually not cost-effective in production. Simple R-C 
AC-coupling will not work with lowpass filters which 
must pass DC. Some solutions follow. 

DC OFFSET REMOVAL- METHOD 1 : 

The simple scheme shown here utilizes a 
resistor and capacitor to restore "perfect" DC 
accuracy to a lowpass filter. The R-C pole is set at 
least two decades below the lowpass filter pole: 
1 F c 

2tcRC < 100 

where Fc = -3dB frequency of the lowpass filter. In 
this case, a 4th-order Butterworth lowpass filter 
built using the MAX275 has Fc = 1kHz, with 
1/(2jiRC) = 6Hz. The output may be buffered, if 
required, using a low offset op amp, such as the 
OP-07 (Vos = 10uV + (lBIAS)(270K) = 91 uV). 

The DC-accurate output is AC-coupled to 
LPO (lowpass filter output), but allows a DC path 
to "bypass" the filter through R directly from the 
input. At DC and frequencies up to about 6Hz, the 
DC-accurate output is equal to the pref iltered signal 
input (across R); at higher frequencies C conducts 
and the output equals the input signal at LP 
OUTPUT. The lowpass filter must have unity 
gain at DC for this scheme to work; this being 
the case, there is virtually no change in filter gain 
or phase due to the R-C because the input and LPO 
swing together throughout most of the passband. 
At frequencies near Fc and in the stopband, the 
R-C filter causes sufficient attenuation of the input 
signal that the original filter shape is maintained. 



l-\ 



■5 



REMOVE DC OFFSET FROM LOWPASS 
FILTERS — METHOD 2 



FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




.wiyixivvi J 



However, at very high frequencies, attenuation is 
ultimately limited by the 20dB/decade rolloff rate of 
the R-C. See response plot. 

Input step response is virtually unaffected by 
the R-C. As long as this time constant is much 
longer than the filter's signal delay from input to 
output, there is no net charging of C. 

DC OFFSET REMOVAL- METHOD 2: 

For lowpass applications where response to 
DC is not required, the circuit below is an excellent 
alternative. The op amp integrator forces the DC 
voltage at the filter output to zero (actually, to within 
the offset voltage of the op amp) by feeding back a 
current to the filter's input summing node. In effect, 
the feedback adds a highpass filter to the overall 
response, with its -3dB point at 1 0Hz; the result is 
a bandpass filter, as shown in the Bode plot. To 
move the highpass -3dB point lower in frequency, 
either increase the value of R1 , or decrease the 
feedback gain by increasing the value of R2. The 
bandwidth requirement of the op amp is very 
low — 1 00Hz bandwidth is more than enough — so 
a low bandwidth precision op amp may be used. 
Also, keeping the op amp out of the direct signal 
path eliminates added distortion effects possible 
with the buffer of the previous method. For this 
reason, this scheme is commonly found in audio 
circuits. 

This technique may be used to correct 
offsets in bandpass filters as well, by feeding back 
a current to the filter's bandpass input (BPI) pin. 
Advantages offered by this method, compared with 
AC coupling the output and buffering with an 
op-amp, are that signal distortion is not increased 
and low bandwidth op amps can be used. 



DC ACCURATE 5th-ORDER 
LOWPASS FILTERS 

MAX280 — BUTTERWORTH 
MAX281 — BESSEL 




The MAX280/281 are "zero offset" 
switched-capacitor filters. These fifth-order 
fixed-shape (Butterworth/Bessel) lowpass filters 
utilize a unique topology using a resistor and 
capacitor to isolate the DC signal path from the IC, 
thereby introducing no DC offset. Since these are 
switched-capacitor filters, the corner frequency is 
set by providing an external clock switching at a 
frequency 100 times the desired -3dB point (an 
internal clock is also available). The external R-C 
also serves as an anti-aliasing filter for the 
MAX280/281 . Allowable cutoff frequencies range 
from 0.1 Hz to 20kHz. 



7-6 



MAX274 EVALUATION 


KIT 




' : ■ ' ■: . : 

; 




INCLUDES: 










. FILTER DESIGN SOFTWARE 




. PC BOARD WITH LAYOUT AND MAX274 


. FULL DOCUMENTATION 

/uivixiyn 



The MAX274 EV Kit allows fast circuit design 
and evaluation of MAX274-based filters. The kit 
includes software to calculate filter order, poles, 
and Qs for the classic filter of choice (Butterworth, 
Chebyshev, or Bessel); it also plots frequency, 
phase and delay responses, and it chooses the 
appropriate resistor values. The chosen resistors 
and the MAX274 IC are installed in the kit's PC 
board, allowing immediate testing of the filter's 
performance. 



MAX291-MAX297 LOWPASS 
FILTER FAMILY 



PART 


TYPE 


Fc RANGE 


p FCLK RATIO 
FCORNER 


MAX291 


BUTTERWORTH 


0.1Hz -25kHz 


100:1 


MAX 292 


BESSEL 


0.1 Hz -25kHz 


100:1 


MAX293 


ELLIPTIC 
1 :5 TRANS RATIO 


0.1Hz 25kHz 


100:1 


MAX 294 


ELLIPTIC 
1 :2 TRANS RATIO 


0.1Hz -25kHz 


100:1 


MAX295 


BUTTERWORTH 


0,1 Hz -50kHz 


50:1 


MAX296 


BESSEL 


0.1Hz -50kHz 


50:1 


MAX297 


ELLIPTIC 
1:5 TRANS RATIO 


0.1Hz -50kHz 


50:1 



The 8-pin MAX291 -MAX297 family of 
8th-order fixed-shape switched-capacitor filter 
lowpass filters may be the "highest number of poles 
per square inch" yet. Available as Butterworth, 
Bessel or Elliptic filters, they achieve a high degree 
of shape accuracy, due to ladder filter design, and 
allow corner frequencies in the range of 0.1 Hz to 
50kHz. 



7-7 



REFERENCES 

• 3V and 5V Supply Low-Dropout References 

• Ultra-Close Tolerance, Low Drift References 



ADC AND DAC 
REFERENCE REQUIREMENTS 




10 100 
TEMPERATURE EXCURSIOM fC) yH>SXI>VI 



References commonly provide the stable 
voltage sources required by ADCs and DACs to 
maintain accuracy. Pictured is a graph showing 
just how stable a reference must be to ensure ADC 
or DAC accuracy to within 1 LSB over temperature. 
Note the horizontal axis is EXCURSION from an 
initial temperature; arrows indicate the points of 
maximum temperature excursion from 25'C, and 
the required reference stability, when operating in 
the commercial, extended, and military 
temperature ranges. 



MAX676/677/678 

• 4.906V, 5 V and 10V Precision References 

• 2ppm/'C Max Temperature Drift 

• 10ppm/1000 Hours Max Long Term Drift 

• ±0.016% Voltage Tolerance Over All Temp. Ranges 

• On-Chip ROM Cells Maintain Calibration Over Temp. 

• Unique ID Code Guarantees Drift Test 
Sl/Y A X I /W . 



proprietary tecnnique using a ractory-programmea 
on-chip ROM calibrates the reference at specific 
temperatures and reduces temperature drift to less 
than 2ppm/"C. Each part carries a unique 
identification code allowing temperature and 
long-term drift specifications for each device to be 
monitored. 



LOW DROPOUT REFERENCES FOR 3V 
AND 5V SUPPLIES 

• Low Dropout: 2.6V Input, 2.5V Out (MAX872) 

4.3V Input, 4.096V Out (MAX874) 

• Low Quiescent Current— 15u A Max Over Temperature 

• 40ppm/'C Max Temperature Drift 

. Tolerance: 0.2% (MAX872) and 0.1% (MAX874) 



The MAX872/874 low dropout regulators 
minimize power consumption while still providing 
stable output voltages over temperature. The 
MAX872 provides 2.5V from supplies as low as 
2.6V, working nicely in 3V-powered systems (with 
±10% supply accuracy). The MAX874, designed 
for 5V systems, provides a 4.096V output from a 
4.3V supply. Both references source 500uA while 
using extremely low quiescent current (1 5nA max). 



THREE-TERMINAL REFERENCES 
REDUCE SUPPLY CURRENT 



TWO TERMINAL 



THREE TERMINAL 

V 




✓Hyixiyi/I 



A three-terminal reference allows lower 
operating current than a comparable two-terminal 
zener type device, even if the supply current specs 
are the same. The three-terminal MAX872, at 
15|iA, uses a bit less current than the LM385-2.5 
(30|xA). But in real applications, operating current 
is much different, especially when input voltage 
varies, as in many battery power products. When 
connected to a 10kQ/250u.A load and a 3-cell 
battery stack (whose voltage drops from 4.8V to 
2.7V as the batteries discharge), the MAX872 
current remains unchanged at less than 265uA 
On the other hand, the series resistor required with 
a two-terminal reference must be sized to supply 
adequate current at 2.7V, but then draws much 
more current than needed (3.4mA) when the input 
voltage rises. 



8-2 



INDUSTRY STANDARD 
REFERENCE UPGRADES 
MAX873/875/876 





Voltage 


Max 
Tolerance 

(2SC) 


Max 
Drift 

(ppm/'C) 


Max 

Supply Current 
Over Temp. (jiA) 


M4X673 


£5V 


±0.06% 


7 


375 


REF-43 


2.5V 


::0.05% 


10 


600 


MAX675 


10V 


+0.04% 


7 


375 


REF-01 


10V 


±0.3% 


6.5 


1400 (@25 - C)" 


114X876 


5V 


±0.03% 


7 


375 


REF-02 


5V 


±0.3% 


8.5 


1400(@25-C)* 



* No! specified over lemp. 



>i/i>ixl/vi ) 



The MAX873/5/6 Voltage References are 
upgrades for the REF-43 (2.5V), REF-01 (10V) and 
REF-02 (5V). Inprovements have been made in 
supply current, drift, and initial tolerance. 



\ 

MAXIM'S REFERENCES 



Part Number 


Output Voltage 

(V) 


TempCo 
(ppmrC) 


Output Voltage 
Accuracy (@ +25'C) 


Supply Voltage 

(V) 


Supply Current 
(mA, @ +25"C) 


Features 


ICL8069 


1.23 


10 


±2.5% 




0.05-5 


2 Terminal Bandgap 


REF01 


10 


8.5 


±0.3% 


13-33 


1.4 


Trim Input 


REF02 


5 


8.5 


±0.3% 


8-33 


1.4 


Temp Output 


MX580 


2.5 


10 


±0.4% 


4.5-30 


1.5 


10mA Output 


MX581 


10 


5 


±0.05% 


12.5-30 


1.0 


10mA Output 


MX584 


10/7.5/5/2.5 


5 


±0.05%-.1% 


4.5-30 


1.0 


Pin Programmable 


MX2700 


10 


3 


±0.025% 


13-18 


14 


Precision 


MX2701 


-10 


3 


±0.025% 


(-13M-1B) 


14 


Precision 


MX2710 


10 


1 


±0.01% 


13-18 


14 


Precision 


MAX670 


10 


3 


±0.025% 


13.5-16.5 


14 


4 Terminal Sensing 


MAX671 


10 


1 


±0.01% 


13.5-16.5 


14 


4 Terminal Sensing 


MAX674 


10 


12 


±0.15% 


13-33 


1.4 


Precision, Low Cost 


MAX675 


5 


12 


±0.14% 


8-33 


1.4 


Precision, Low Cost 


MAX676 


4.096 


1.7 


±0.01% 


4.75-18 


10 


Lowest Drift 


MAX677 


5 


1.7 


±0.01% 


5.8-18 


10 


Lowest Drift 


MAX678 


10 


1.7 


±0.01% 


10.8-18 


10 


Lowest Drift 


MAX872 


2.5 


40 


±0.20% 


2.6-20 


0.010 


Low-Dropout, Low Iq 


MAX874 


4.096 


40 


±0.10% 


4.2-20 


0.010 


Low-Dropout, Low Iq 


MAX873 


2.5 


7 


±0.06% 


4.5-20 


0.280 


REF-43 Upgrade 


MAX875 


5 


7 


±0.04% 


7-20 


0.280 


REF-02 Upgrade 


MAX876 


10 


7 


±0.03% 


12-20 


0.280 


REF-01 Upgrade 



>i/i>jxi>i/i 



t \ 

ADCs & DACs 

• Low Power 

• High-Resolution Integrating ADCs 

• High-Speed with Power-Down 

• 12- and 14-Bit SAR ADCs 

• AC Characteristics of Multiplying DACs 

• New Multiplying DACs 

• Quad and Octal DACs 

< ynvjxiyu \ 



9-1 



18-BIT SERIAL ADC CONTROLS 
EXTERNAL MUX 




The MAX132 18-bit-plus-sign integrating 
A/D runs on less than 1 25uA and can perform up 
to 100 conversions per second. It has one 
differential input channel, but features four unique 
serially addressable digital outputs (PG0-PG3) 
which can select a mux channel, program gain, or 
set an external filter via the A/D's serial input. To 
save power the A/D or external circuitry can also 
be shutdown. When shut down, the MAX132 
draws only 5uA. The MAX135, a parallel-output 
A/D similar to the MAX132, omits the PG0-PG3 
outputs, and is a 15-bit converter. Software 
averaging of its three "Super LSBs" can increase 
effective resolution. 



FAST 8-BIT ADC WITH POWER DOWN 
FOR BATTERY-POWERED SYSTEMS 



• 1^A Shutdown Mode 

• Zero Wakeup Time 

• 1 I 



• Internal Track/Hold 





Vdo 


I i 0.1|iF 














VREF* 


1 UXSSA 1 f 
|__^J ^ 0.1|iF 


MAX1S3 






VR6F- 


W VNOMol 










PWRDN 



VALID DATA 1|is AFTER POWER UP 
MAX153 



IHT - 



>VlylX|yM ) 



A traditional tradeoff in analog design is 
between speed and power. A way around this is 
to reduce supply current when circuitry is not in use. 
The MAX153, a 1 MSPS 8-bit ADC, has 
power-down, making it ideal for fast data 
conversion in battery- powered systems. The ADC 
consumes 1 uA when shut down and operates from 
either single +5V or ±5V supplies. Shutdown can 
be implemented three ways: 

1 ) Simply connect PWRDN to a logic line. 
This way, the MAX153 has nearly zero wake-up 
time; you need only wait the normal minimum time 
between conversions (tp = 350ns) to ensure a valid 
conversion after power-up. Zero wake-up time 
reduces the average current. While in shutdown, 
the ADC draws about 1 uA; however, the A/D still 
presents a 2mA reference load. 

2) An external MOSFET disconnects the 
MAX1 53 VREF- pin from ground during shutdown, 
reducing total current to the 175uA drawn by the 
reference. In this scheme, connection A is made 
(B is open). A 0.1 uF reference bypass capacitor 
between VREF+ and ground remains charged 
during shutdown to reduce reference risetime after 
power up. 

3) In the third approach, the MOSFET 
removes both power and the MAX153 load from 
the reference. This approach is implemented with 
connection B. By connecting the reference, 
bypass cap, and VREF- to the MOSFET drain, 
powerdown current is reduced to zero. This affords 
the least power consumption, but the longest delay 
when the circuit leaves power down. After power 
up, the reference needs about 250ns to charge the 
compensation capacitor and settle. 



9-2 



. +5V or +5V Operation 

• l30kSPS - Track/Hold Included 

• 12mW Max Power Consumption 





MAX186 


MAX187 


MAX188 


MAX189 


Input Channels 


8 


1 


a 


1 


Internal Reference 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


Package 


20-Pln 


S-PIn 


20-Pln 


8-Pln 



.yVI/lXiyH- 



MAX1 86/1 87/1 88/1 89 POWER-DOWN 
CHARACTERISTICS 




8 CH. 
FAST P.D. 
EXT. COMP. 
1 CH 

FAST P.D. 

EXT. COMP. 
&8CH. 
FAST P.D. 
INT. COMP. 



10 100 1.000 

SAMPLES PER SECOND 



Vl/iyJXIyVI 



LOW POWER 12-BIT SAMPLING ADCs 

• 5mA Max Continuous Current Consumption 

• 50uA Max Shutdown Current 

• Internal Track/Hold 

• Serial/Parallel Interface 

e 35lis Wake Up Time From Standby 

MAX190 MAX191 

• Single +5V Supply • +5V or ±5V Supplies 
Unipolar Operation Unipolar/Bipolar Operation 

• 76kSPS .100kSPS 



interface is ideal for real-estate-intensive 
applications. 

All four devices have a standard logic 
power-down input. In addition, both the MAX186 
and MAX1 88 have two unique power-down modes 
which are initiated automatically after each 
conversion. Fast power-down mode leaves the 
internal references alive, reducing the wakeup 
time. Full power-down mode turns off all functions 
that draw quiescent current, but adds about 200us 
to the wakeup time. The power-down mode is 
selected via the serial input. 

The MAX186 and MAX188's auto 
power-down modes save power when operating at 
less than the maximum sample rate. The graph 
shows current consumption vs. sample rate for the 
two power-down modes and reference 
compensation methods. As the ADC "sleeps" for 
longer periods, operating current decreases until 
the power-down quiescent current is reached. The 
MAX186 typically consumes 3uA in full 
power-down mode, and 38uA in fast power-down 
mode. 



The MAX190/191 combine 12-bit A/D 
conversion with the capability for ultra-low power 
operation. With the power-down input, the 
converters can be disabled between conversions, 
consuming less current (20uA typ, 50uA max) than 
even low power integrating A/Ds. The 
MAX190/191 provide both serial and 8-bit parallel 
interfaces. 

The MAX1 90 samples at up to 76kSPS, and 
accepts a unipolar signal while operating from a 
single 5V supply, while the MAX191 samples at 
1 0OkSPS, operates from 5V or ±5V supplies, and 
excepts either unipolar or bipolar signals. 



A complete evaluation board for the MAX1 90 
includes an 80C31 microcontroller, ROM, RAM, 
software, and source code. Other ICs that 
complete the A/D prototyping system include a 
MAX667 low-dropout voltage regulator, and a 
MAX699 uP supervisor/reset IC. The entire board 
operates from a 9V battery. 



MAX190 EVALUATION KIT 

• MAX190 12-Bit 7.5ns + 
T/H + Ref ADC 



• Microprocessor- 
Based Evaluation 
Circuit 

• Proven Printed Circuit 
Board Layout 




• Debugged Software 
Source Code 

• Board Operates from a Single +6V to +10V Supply 

• Interface to IBM-Compatible Computer through 
RS-232 Port 

vi/ivixiyi/i J 



MAX190 EV-KIT SYSTEM DIAGRAM 




A remote data acquisition system (DAS) 
often requires some form of isolation to 
accommodate large ground potential differences. 
One solution isolates the analog signal from the 
rest of the circuit. A more practical and lower cost 
scheme isolates only the ADC. In this 
configuration, the MAX190 (with Track-and-Hold) 
is isolated by a transformer and two high-speed 
dual opto-couplers; it can withstand as much as 
2500VDC for one minute. 

The MAX250 drives the transformer to 
power the isolated side and converts opto-coupler 
levels to and from TTL. The MAX190's serial data 
outputs reduce the number of opto-couplers 
required. The interface is compatible with both SPI 
and MICROWIRE serial interface standards. The 
MAX1 90 offers 5V operation , a 0-to-5V input range, 
and an onboard voltage reference. Q1 and Q2 
boost current drive to the optocouplers. 

Note: the transformer shown in this circuit is 
also available from Newport Components Ltd. 
(phone number: 44 908 61 5 232) in the UK; the part 
number is 76250. 



ISOLATED 12-BIT DATA ACQUISITION 
SYSTEM -jit. elf 



J. SHUTDOWN 



l awu ii) j " ■ | 



IS 



-Ei ' REF ADJ 
T T r-£ -• AGND DSI 



yUiyjXIvVI. 



9-4 



MAXIM LOW POWER ADCs 



PART 


BITS 


SAMPLE 

RATE 




INT 

REF 


INPUT 

CH 


DOWN 
CURRENT 


INTER- 
FACE 


EV 
Krr 


COMMENTS 


MAX132 


18 


16SPS 


Not 




1 


10(iA 


Serial 


Yes 


Logic outputs for mux 
control 


MAX135 


1 5 


16SPS 






1 


10jiA 


Parallel 


- 




MAX153 


8 


1MSPS 


Yes 




1 


1uA 


Parallel 


Y^s 


Zero wake up time, 
+5V or +5V supplies 


MAX186 


12 


130kSPS 


Yes 


Yes 


8 


10uA 


Serial 


Yes 


Auto logic shutdown, 
+5V or ±5V supplies 


MAX187 


12 


130kSPS 


Yes 


Yes 


1 


10uA 


Serial 




Logic shutdown Input, 
+5V or ±5V supplies 


MAX188 


12 


130kSPS 


Yes 




8 


10uA 


Serial 




Auto logic shutdown, 
+5V or +5V supplies 


MAX 189 


12 


130kSPS 


Yes 




1 


10uA 


Serial 




Auto logic shutdown, 
+5V or +5V supplies 


MAX 190 


12 


76kSPS 


Yes 


Yes 


1 


50pA 


Serial/ 
Parallel 


Yes 


Single +5V supply, 5mA 
max supply current, 
35(is wakeup 


MAX191 


12 


IMkSPS 


Yes 


Yes 


1 


50ijA 


Serial/ 
Parallel 




+5V or ±5V supplies, 
unipolar or bipolar input 



HIGH SPEED 12- & 14-BIT DATA 
ACQUISITION 

SPEED AND... 

. Low Cost (MAX1 20/1 21/1 22) 

. Small Package with T/H & Ref. (MAX176) 

• 14Bits(MAX168) 

• Complete Data Acquisition System (MAX180/181) 



->i/i>jxiyi/i. 



LOW-COST 500kSPS 12-BIT SAMPLING 
ADCs 



• 1 .6us Conversion and 
350ns Acquisition 

• Internal Track/Hold and 
Reference 





SPEED 


INTERFACE 


MAX120 


500kSPS 


Parallel 


MAX121 


400kSPS 


Serial 


MAX 122 


333kSPS ( Parallel 



• Low Noise (70dB SNR) and Distortion (-75dB THD) 

• 1/2LSB INL 

• Low Power Dissipation: 210mW Typ. 

• MAX120 Evaluation Kit Available 

yi/i/jxiyki . 



The MAX120/121/122 ADCs include a 
350ns acquisition time Track-and-Hold and a 
low-drift (+20ppm/'C max.) reference. Each 
accept input voltages ranging from -5V to +5 V. The 
MAX1 20/1 22 employ a standard 1 2-bit uP parallel 
interface. The MAX121 is a 14-bit serial interface 
device; it is fully compatible with SPI and Microwire. 



9-5 



FIFO BUFFERS DATA FROM 
HIGH-SPEED CONVERTER 

»5V -15V 



m. 



VDD 


VSS 


MODE INT/BUSY 


CS 




RD 


DM 


CONVST 


W 




□3 


CLKiN 


DO 


VREF 




AGN0 DGND 





INPUT READY 



UAX120 

-<3= 




' OUTPUT ENABLE 

.OUTPUT 
READY 
■ HALF FULL 
' ALMOST 
-.JLL/EMPTY 
. DATA OUT 
(D3-D0) 



Two paralleled FIFOs are used to hold data 
output from a MAX120. The data is held until the 
microprocessor is free to store it in memory. 
Operated in continuous conversion mode, the 
MAX120 loads the FIFOs until one or both Input 
Ready (IR) outputs go low for an extended period 
of time, indicating the FIFO is full. (IR briefly goes 
low after each conversion result is loaded.) The 
consequent raising of the MAX120 Chip Select 
(CS) input halts conversions. Since the FIFO shifts 
in par allel data on the rising edge of SI, the MAX1 20 
Busy signal is inverted to ensure its data is valid 
when the signal at SI rises. 



3.5ns 12-BIT SAMPLING ADC IN 
8-PIN PACKAGE 
MAX176 

• 250kSPS 

• Serial Interface - SPI, QSPI, & Microwire 
Compatible 

• 400ns Acquisition Time Track/Hold 

• ±5V Input Voltage Range 

• On-Chip Reference 

• Low Power: 148mW 



.yi/iyixiyw. 



ANALOG OFFSET AND GAIN ADJUST 



ANALOG INPUT 

yviyixiyvl 

MAX485 




X0-1|iF 



R6 10k 
OFFSET ADJUST 



R1 150k, 1% 
R2 5k 

FULL-SCALE 
ADJUST 

R3 1 50k. 1 % 



^ T° 1|lF 4 







VREF 
GND 



yi/iyjxiyn 



The MAX176 A/D incorporates a 
Track-and-Hold and reference in an 8-pin package 
and performs conversions in under 3.5|xs. The 
part's three-wire serial interface requires only a 
clock and conversion start signal to start a 
conversion. After a conversion has been initiated, 
data is transmitted serially. The serial interface is 
completely compatible with the SPI, QSPI, and 
Microwire serial interfaces standards. 



Few precision A/Ds can be conveniently 
adjusted for zero and full-scale errors. In some 
cases trims are so awkward that the manufacturer 
recommends using op amp offset adjust pins to 
zero A/D errors. This approach not only suffers 
from limited trim range, but can actually add to 
errors by increasing the amplifier's temperature 
drift. 

The circuit shown here, which is 
incorporated on the MAX176 evaluation board 
(next slide), is an effective way to add zero and gain 
adjustment to an A/D (or any analog signal). Offset 
and gain adjustments are independent of each 
other. The gain adjust range of this circuit is 
nominally ±3% while offset adjust is nominally 
±18mV. These ranges are well beyond those 
needed to correct MAX176 full-scale and offset 
errors. An alternative to these adjustments is to 
correct offset and gain errors in software. Either of 
these techniques is appropriate whenever 
adjustment capability is not built into the A/D; 
devices such as the MAX180/181 include built-in 
adjustment circuitry. 



9-6 



Serial-to-Paraltel Conversion for Easy Evaluation 
Pads for Optional Offset and Gain Adjust Circuitry 
PC Board and All Components Provided 



MAX176 "QUICK LOOK" CIRCUIT 



i 



AIM CONVST 

VREF CLOCK 
GND DATA 



18 I" F^LllL * 



TT 



1 



j o.i|i 



14-BIT SAMPLING ADC 
MAX168 



• 250kSPS 

• Internal T/H 

• Internal Reference 

• Serial/Parallel 
Interface 

. SPI,QSPI,& 
Microwire 
Compatible 

• ±5V Supplies 




_yM>Jxiyw_ 



aajusimeni n aesirea. 



When breadbording the MAX176, it is 
sometimes easier to generate Conversion Start 
and Clock with a counter/timer chip than with pulse 
generators. The ICM7240 provides a Conversion 
Start pulse for every 16 clock cycles it generates. 
Due to the counter's limitations, the upper clock 
frequency limit is about 1MHz. Stray capacitive 
loading of the counter output must also be 
minimized so that the MAX1 76 minimum CONVST 
rise time spec is met. 



The MAX1 68 250kSPS 1 4-bit sampling ADC 
offers both serial and parallel interface capability, 
offset and reference adjustment inputs, and 
operates from +5V supplies. The MAX1 68's serial 
interface is compatible with the SPI, QSPI and 
MICROWIRE standards. 



SINGLE-CHIP 8-CH 12-BIT 
100kSPS SYSTEM 



MAX180/181 



• AD574 12-Bit ADC 

• DG508 Mux 

• HA5330 Track-and- 
Hold 

• Glue Logic 

• Precision Resistors 

• Bypass Capacitors 
for Multiple Chips 








A complete data acquisition system on a chip 
eliminates the need to design one on a PC board. 
Interface problems like ground loops, noise 
coupling, and stray capacitance can be avoided 
because a number of analog and digital 
interconnects are eliminated. The MAX180 
contains an 8-channel analog multiplexer, a 
wide-bandwidth track/hold, a 25ppm/"C voltage 
reference, and a 7.5us A/D with a fast parallel 8- or 
1 6-bit microprocessor interface. Each channel is 
HP-configurable for differential/single-ended and 
unipolar/bipolar input ranges. This data acquisition 
system is fully specified with both DC and dynamic 
testing. 



MAX180 EVALUATION KIT 



• 12-Bit, 8-Channel Data- 
Acquisition System 

• Proven Printed 
Circuit Board Layout 

• Operates from a 
Single +6V to +10V 
Supply 



• Debugged Software Source Code 

• Prototyping Area for the User's Signal Conditioning 
Circuits 

• Interfaces to IBM-Compatible Computer through 
RS-232 Port 

ynxixiyn. 




A complete single-chip 8-Channel 12-Bit 
data acquisition system gets even faster to design 
with a complete evaluation board. Included are an 
80C31 microcontroller, ROM, RAM, software, and 
source code. 



MAX180 EV-KIT SYSTEM DIAGRAM 



IP 



HIGH SPEED ADC WITH 






8 SIMULTANEOUS T/Hs 






• 3.6ns Conversion AIN0 _ 
Time per Channel 


t/h 






6-BIT 




UAX1SS 

. CLK 


• On-Chip 8X8 Dual- «" - 
Port RAM ain3 - 


T/H 
T/H 






ADC 

3.6ns 




2.5V 
VREF 


ft REFOUT 


• Internal 2.5V m . 
Reference 

AIN6 - 


t/h 

T/H 
T/H 


t 




8X8 
RAM 

1 


a 


THREE- 
STATE 
BUFFER 


8 


8-BIT 

rt" DATA 

8 BUS 

6 


• +5Vor±5V 
Operation 


T/H 

1 




e 


CONTROL 
LOGIC 




— ss. 

— w 

=3 5L 


• 8/4 Analog Input 
Channels (MAX155/156) 


















• Single-Ended or Differential Inputs 

























The MAX155/156 are high-speed, 
multi-channel 8-bit A/D Converters with 
simultaneous Track-and-Hold and 8X8 dual-port 
RAM. The MAX155 has 8 analog input channels, 
and the MAX1 56 includes 4. Each channel has a 
separate T/H that holds the signal for conversion 
by the internal ADC. The ADC converts each 
channel in 3.6us and stores the result in the RAM. 
The MAX155/156 also feature a 2.5V on-chip 
reference, forming complete high-speed data 
acquisition systems. 

When operated from a single 5V supply, 
these devices perform either unipolar or bipolar, 
single-ended or differential conversions. For 
applications where an extended input range or 
bipolar conversion about ground is important, an 
optional negative supply pin is provided. 



MAX155 EVALUATION KIT 




< Fully Functional I 
8-Channel, 8-Bit I 
DAS 

• OV to 2.5V Unipolar 
or ±2.5V Bipolar 
Input Range 

• Mixed Input 
Configurations 
are Possible 



• EV Kit Operates from a Single Input Supply 

• Software for IBM-Compatible Computers Included 



MAX155 EV-KIT SYSTEM DIAGRAM 







Li 













>V:V 



D/A CONVERTERS 



> 



. AC CHARACTERISTICS FOR MULTIPLYING DACs 
• NEW MULTIPLYING DACs 
. QUAD AND OCTAL DACs 

yvivixiyvi ) 



MULTIPLYING DAC GAIN AND PHASE 
vs. FREQUENCY 





il ' !M! 

G ™ ^ 


- 










PHASE \ 




Ill 

MAX505 
SUPPLIES - 
-T, - *25'C 
V| N = 1Vp-p 

II 


t5V \ \ 





1 kHz 1 0KHz 1 00kHz 1 MHz 1 0MHz 



FREQUENCY 

yi/iyixiyi/i 



Dynamic Performance of Multiplying DACs 

In multiplying DACs, the reference input can 
be connected to an AC source so that the DAC 
effectively acts as a digitally controlled 
potentiometer. In such applications the DACs AC 
performance is key. The bandwidth and phase 
characteristics of a multiplying DACs are 
determined by the resistance of the DAC R-2R 
ladder and stray capacitance associated with the 
ladder resistors and switches. The first graph, 
MULTIPLYING DAC GAIN AND PHASE vs. 
FREQUENCY, shows gain bandwidth and phase 
vs frequency for the MAX505. 



ZERO CODE ANALOG FEEDTHROUGH 
vs. FREQUENCY 



■90 
■100 





























































































































































































































WX505 








_ 




























i 
1 
\ 


UPPLIES - 15 
A - -25C 
IN - 8Vp-p 

III 1 III 































100kHz 
FREQUENCY 



yi/iyixivvi > 



DAC internal capacitances also account for 
a phenomenon called "feedthrough." Feedthrough 
is measured by setting the DAC logic inputs to zero, 
placing an AC signal of a given frequency on the 
reference input and measuring the resultant output 
signal. A plot, ZERO CODE ANALOG 
FEEDTHROUGH vs. FREQUENCY, is shown for 
the MAX505. 



9-10 




AMPLITUDE RESPONSE -3dB POINT 
vs. INPUT CODE 



i 2.25 





















































































M 

Sf 

T 


AX505 
JPPLIES 
_ *PSY 


-±5V 












ViN - 1 Vp-p 



ynyixiyvi. 



Since the resistors and switches in the DAC 
R-2R ladder have their own associated stray 
capacitances, the resulting RC pole varies with 
input code. As shown in the graph, AMPLITUDE 
RESPONSE -3dB POINT vs. INPUT CODE, the 
MAX505 -3dB bandwidth remains fairly flat for 
larger input codes, but rolls off with smaller codes. 



MAX505/506 PERFORMS FOUR 
QUADRANT MULTIPLICATION 



LDAC — 



ID 



U 



St- 



The four voltage outputs of the M AX505/506 
(or other quad VDAC with separate reference 
inputs) can be converted to four-quadrant 
multiplying outputs by adding a ICL7612 quad op 
amp and a resistor network. 



9-11 



MAX505/506 OPERATING 
CONFIGURATIONS 




>n>jxiyi/i_ 



The MAX505/506 perform single quadrant 
multiplication when a single supply is used. Two 
quadrant multiplication is accomplished with a 
bipolar reference. The addition of an external 
amplifier allows the MAX505/506 to perform true 
four quadrant multiplication. 

By applying +2.5V to the reference pin and 
-2.5V to the AGND pin, the DAC output can be 
made to range between +2.5V and -2.5V. 



MAX526/527 QUAD 12-BIT 
VOLTAGE OUTPUT DAC 



p MAXS26 +15V/-5V 

MAX527 15V 

< MAX 526 Reference 
Range: 2VIoVdd-4V 

i MAX527 Reference 

1.2V to Voo -2.2V 



1 



LII 



3^- 



J JLJL — 
_/l/IVlXlyM ^ 



MAX514 QUAD 12-BIT 
CURRENT OUTPUT DAC 



iiii 



• Four Quadrant 



■ Four Independent 
Serial D/As 



SRIA 
CLKA_ 
LOADA 



Reference Range 



CLKB 
LOAM 
SRC 
CLKC 
LOADC 
SRID 
CLKD 



tttt 



DAC REGISTER 



~rrr „ 



^5 



Maxim supplies several Quad 12-bit DACs. 
They provide digital control of analog functions in 
applications ranging from gain control to 
auto-calibration. 

The MAX526/527 quad 1 2-bit voltage output 
DACs include precision output buffer amplifiers. 
Both devices feature double-buffered parallel 
interface logic with a 1 2-bit input register and 1 2-bit 
DAC register. Offset, gain and linearity are factory 
calibrated to provide 1 LSB Total Unadjusted Error 
(TUE). The MAX526 operates from +1 5V and -5V, 
while the MAX527 is optimized for a single 5V 
supply. 

The MAX51 4 is a Quad 1 2-bit current output 
multiplying DAC, featuring separate 3-wire serial 
interfaces. Each DAC has a 1 2-bit shift register to 
load serial data, and a DAC register to minimize 
digital noise feedthrough. 

If desired, the clock and data lines of all four 
DACs can be para lled, with DAC selection 
controlled via the four Load pins. 



9-12 



MAX528/529 OCTAL 8-BIT SERIAL DACs 




Mechanical trimpots can suffer from 
incorrect adjustment, changes due to time and 
mechanical vibration, and environmental 
extremes. A "Digital" pot allows adjustments to be 
done by software — a more reliable and lower cost 
approach. 

The MAX528 and MAX529 are ideal for 
replacing multiple trims or programming 
comparator thresholds. They include eight 8-bit 
DACs and acompact serial interface. The MAX529 
operates from a single +5V (+5V to +10V) supply, 
while the MAX528 operates from +10V to +20V; 
both parts also operate from split supplies. 



MAX528/529 CONFIGURABLE 
OUTPUT STAGE 




FULL BUFFER 

Sources +5mA; sinks -2mA 

Swings Vdo -3V to Vss +1 .5V (MAX528) 

Swings Vdd -2.25V to Vss (MAX529) 



HALF BUFFER 
Sources +5mA 

Swings Vdd -3V to Vss (MAX528) 
Swings Vdd -2.25V to Vss (MAX529) 



UNBUFFERED 

Swings Vdd -3V to Vss (MAX52B) 
Swings Vdo -2.25V to Vss (MAX529) 
Output Z = 13k typ., 20k max. 



.yisiyixiyi/i- 



When high-impedance loads are driven by 
the MAX528/529, the DAC resistor ladder outputs 
can be connected directly to the load. This 
bypasses the on-chip amplifiers and lowers current 
consumption to less than 0.5mA. The buffers can 
be digitally activated for heavier loads. If all buffers 
are turned on, the MAX528/529 consume 8mA. In 
addition A "Half-Buffer" mode can be programmed 
which allows output source currents, but consumes 
only 2.5mA. When the DAC is shut down, less than 
25(Ia is used but digital data is still retained. 



12-BIT SERIAL MULTIPLYING DAC 
IN 8-PIN SO 
MAX543 




• 3-Wire Serial Interface 

• Operates with +5V or +15V Supplies 
. Low INL and DNL (± 1 /2l_SB Max) 



-ynyjxiwi. 



Maxim's smallest 12-bit DAC just got even 
smaller. The MAX543 is now available in an 8-pin 
SO package. 



9-13 



- 



12-BIT VDAC WITH REFERENCE 
MAX530/531 



> Four Quadrant Multiplication with No External 
Components 



• +5V or ±5V Supplies 
. INTERNAL REFERENCE 



. SPI ♦ Microwire Compatible Serial Interface (MAX531) 
.2mW Power Consumption 



vnyixiyvi 



The MAX530/531 low power 12-bit voltage 
output DACs operate from single 5V or dual ±5V 
supplies. Power consumption is 2mW for single 
supply and 3mW for dual supplies. Included are a 
2V reference and a precision output buffer 
amplifier. Internal circuitry assures that the DAC 
registers are reset to zero on each power-up. The 
MAX530 has an 8-bit parallel interface, while the 
MAX531 has a serial interface compatible with SPI 
and Microwire standards. 











NEW MULTIPLYING DACs 



PART 
NUMBER 


BITS 


SETTLING 
TIME (us) 


NUMBER 
OF DACs 


INTERFACE 


SUPPLY 
VOLTAGE 


COMMENTS 


MAX501 


12 


5 (MAX) 


1 


HP/12 


±12Vtt15V 


Four quadrant 


MAX502 


12 


5 (MAX) 


1 


uP/8 


±12Vor±15V 




MAX505 


8 


8(TYP) 


4 


jiP/8 


+5Vor±5V 


Four reference inputs 


MAX506 


8 


8(TYP) 


4 


HP/8 


+5V or ±5V 


Common reference input 


MAX507 


12 


5 (MAX) 


1 


HP/12 


+12V, +15Vor±15V 


Internal reference 


MAX508 


12 


5 (MAX) 


1 


uP/8 


+12V, +15Vor±15V 


Internal reference 


MAX514 


12 


1 (MAX) 


4 


SERIAL 


+5V 


Separate serial interface 
tor each DAC Current 
Output 


MAX526 


12 


3(TYP) 


4 


jiP/8 


+15V/-5V 


Two reference inputs 
each shared by two 
DACs 


MAX527 


12 


3(TYP) 


4 


UP/8 


±5V 




MAX528 


8 


1 (TYP) 


8 


SERIAL 


+12Vor+12V/-5V 




MAX529 


8 


1 (TYP) 


8 


SERIAL 


+5V or±5V 


DAC register set to zero 
on power up 


MAX530 


12 


25 (TYP) 


1 


UP/8 


+5Vor±5V 


Low Power, Internal 
Reference 


MAX531 


12 


25 (TYP) 

1 


1 


SERIAL 

' 


+5Vor±5V 


Low power, Internal 
Reference 











.yi/iyixiyi/i. 



Maxim offers many multiplying DACs with 
the right combination of featu res to fit a wide variety 
of applications. 



9-14 



• Selecting Switches and 
Muxes 



• Glitch-Free Operation 



Understanding Charge 
Injection 



Fault-Protected Switches 



vnyjxiyu _ 



HOW TO SELECT SWITCHES AND 
MULTIPLEXERS 

• RDS(ON) 

• Charge Injection 

• Leakage Currents 

• Fault Protection 

• Power Supply Considerations 



Selecting a CMOS analog switch can be a 
straightforward process when you know the rules 
and how to apply them. The most important things 
are: switch on resistance [Rds(ON)], charge 
injection, leakage currents, fault protection, and 
power supply considerations. Each of these is 
covered below, with emphasis on using the 
manufacturers' specifications, and how to get 
around them when they seem to be inadequate for 
your job. 

If a switch or multiplexer data sheet seems 
to not have the specification that is vital to your 
design, it is smart to ask if the switch was intended 
for your application, or if there is a better way to do 
the job. 



ywiyjxiyn , 



10-1 



RDS(ON) - HOW IT WORKS 




V- 0- v+ 

SIGNAL 



yn/jxiyui 



AVOIDING RDS(ON) PROBLEMS 



BAD GOOD 

Rds(ON) CONTRIBUTES ERROR Rds(ON) contributes no error 




CMOS switches are constructed by 
paralleling N-channel and P-channel MOSFET 
transistors and driving their gates out of phase with 
rail-to-rail logic signals to turn them on or off. The 
P-channel source is connected to the N-channel 
drain and vice-versa, which insures that at least 
one of the FETs will be on regardless of the signal 
voltage. The signal-to-supply voltages are the 
gate-to-source voltages for both FETs, so as the 
signal voltage changes, the Rds(ON)s change 
slightly. The effect is magnified as the supply 
voltage is lowered. [Rds(ON) increases with lower 
supply voltages because the gate drive voltage is 
effectively lowered.] The Rds(ON) resistance has 
a poor temperature coefficient. 

If the signal voltage goes beyond the supply 
voltage, the switch will conduct at an ever 
increasing rate to the supply rail, possibly 
damaging the switch. The switch leakage currents 
(on or off) flow almost entirely to the supply rails. 

There is almost always a way around the 
Rds(ON) temperature coefficient problem. In this 
example, the gain of a non-inverting op-amp is set 
to two values by opening and closing a switch under 
logic control. The rule is simple: place the switch 
in a path that does not conduct significant amounts 
of current. 

The example circuit requires placing the 
switch in the op-amp input and adding a second 
switch, but the improvement in performance is 
dramatic. The "Good" circuit gain is almost entirely 
determined by the resistors R1-R3, without 
consideration of Rds(ON) or its temperature 
coefficient. One benefit is that a very high on 
resistance switch can be used. 



AVOIDING C(OFF) PROBLEMS 



yviyjxiyn ) 



At RF frequencies, the problem is not only 
turning the switch on, but turning it off. 
Capacitance between the source and drain couples 
high frequencies directly through an "off" switch. 
The solution shown at the left is used by the 
MAX310 and MAX31 1 multiplexers and the 
MAX453/4/5/6 MUX/amplifiers. 

This scheme employs a "T" configuration of 
N-channel FETs. When the switch is on, both series 
FETs conduct and the shunt FET is off. When it is 
off, energy that is coupled through the off channel 
FETs is shunted to ground through the 3rd FET. 
This improves high frequency off isolation 
dramatically. 




10-2 



RF SWITCHES USING "T" SWITCHES 

• MAX310 8-Channel MUX 

• MAX311 Differential 4-Channel MUX 

• MAX4S3 2-Channel MUX & 75Q Driver 
> MAX454 4-Channel MUX & 75Q Driver 

• MAX4S5 8-Channel MUX & 75Q Driver 

• MAX456 8X8 Crosspoint Switch & 400.Q Driver 



ynyjxi/i/i J 



These CMOS RF switches Use the T 
architecture to get good off isolation See the Video 
Products section for a more complete discussion 
of both CMOS and biploar high frequency products. 



CHARGE INJECTION 

[SIGNAL) 




C2 AND C4 FORM A VOLTAGE DIVIDER 
OUTPUT CHARGE IS DUE TO DIFFERENCES IN C2 AND C4 
SIMILAR DIVIDER ACTION ON INPUT PIN 



CHARGE OUT . _ 
VI XC2 - V2XC4 



Charge Injection is the small amount of 
energy transferred through the CMOS switch 
terminals each time the switch changes state. It 
manifests itself as extra current flowing in the circuit 
that should not be there, and it is proportional to the 
switching frequency. It is caused by the 
out-of-phase, rail-to-rail rapid gate drive transients 
that are capacitively coupled into both source and 
drain pins of each FET. By carefully balancing the 
N- and P-channel FETs, the capacitive divider can 
be tailored to have very low charge injection. 

Reducing the supply voltages reduces the 
charge injection and also decreases the supply 
current, but Rds(ON) increases and switching 
speed decreases. 

For critical applications, the MAX326, 
MAX327 switches, and MAX328, MAX329 
multiplexers are the current low charge injection 
champions, being under 2pC. 



FINDING CURRENT GLITCHES 





| N.O. 


( 






1 ° 

Jn.c 


COM 












JIT 


-kr>-J 


0.1 (iF Z 

1 , 


" ( m 

[ J 



10kHz 

>100uA INDICATES MAJOR GLITCH PROBLEM 

SV\S\ X I /M 



Current glitches are often mistaken for 
charge injection because they also produce energy 
in the switching circuit. The cause is due to a timing 
overlap in the gate drivers, and the effect is a very 
narrow (<5 nanoseconds!) pulse that extends 
nearly to the negative supply rail. The severity of 
this effect varies from lot to lot and part to part. This 
current glitch is nearly impossible to see on a 
less-than-500MHz oscilloscope, but it is so 
energetic that it readily upsets sample-and-hold 
circuits, or any circuit that has a capacitor directly 
on the switch terminals. 

The circuit on the left shows how to 
determine if the current glitch is present. 

All manufacturer's parts have had it because 
removing it would greatly slow down the switch. 
Maxim has found a way to remove the glitch without 
slowing the switching action. All Maxim switches 
and multiplexers built since late 1991 have the 
current glitch removed. 



10-3 



THE DG400 SWITCH FAMILIY 

• Low RDS(ON) - 35Q 

• Fast - tON < 150ns 

• Low Charge Injection - 1pC 

• Break-Before-Make Timing 

• Second Sou reed! 



DG401 
DG407 
DG412 
DG419 
DG441 



DG403 
DG408 
DG413 
DG421 
DG442 



DG405 
DG409 
DG417 
DG423 
DG444 



DG406 
DG411 
DG418 
DG425 
DG445 

ynyjxiyui 



LEAKAGE CURRENTS 



v- J L V- 



LEAKAGE ACTS SOMEWHAT LIKE A DIODE 
LEAKAGE PATH IS FROM SIGNAL PIN TO SUPPLIES 



.yi/iyjxiyi/i. 



WHAT ON AND OFF 
LEAKAGES MEAN 




VERROR - (ID(ON) + lB(OP AMP))(RS + RON) 



The DG400 family of switches and 
multiplexes that have nearly everything, including 
a second source. 



Switches and MUXs have leakage that acts 
somewhat like reverse-biased diodes connected to 
both supply rails. Switch leakage currents are 
principally to the supply rails, not to the other switch 
terminal. These currents increase as temperature 
increases. 

There is no way to guess which polarity the 
leakage current will flow, likewise there is no way 
to match them. Notice that since there are two 
paths in series, the only current flowing out the 
switch terminal is the difference between the 
currents in any pair. 

For many signal routing applications, CMOS 
switches perform as nearly "ideal" elements. 
However, as accuracy requirements increase, 
leakage currents contribute increasingly to 
measurement error. The error is the product of 
switch leakage current and the signal source 
resistance (including switch on-resistance, 
RdsON). Leakage specs are divided into several 
types. In a multiplexer these are: 

IS(OFF): Leakage in or out of an OFF input 
channel. This does not affect output error unless 
the OFF channel is connected to an ON-channel 
on a different multiplexer. 

Id(OFF): Leakage in or out of an OFF output 
(The mux ENABLE input must be low for the output to 
be off). This contributes to error if the mux output is 
connected to other mux outputs (for more channels). 

Id(ON): Leakage into the ON mux output 
when a channel is selected. This is the largest 
contributor to error except where mux outputs are 
paralleled. Since the channel is on, this spec 
includes both the input and output leakage. 

Low leakage improves accuracy by reducing 
the voltage error across source impedances and 
on-resistances. It also enables higher-valued input 
resisitors to provide improved input protection 
without adding to error. 



10-4 



-AAA< FnI 



Kl 1 r I 



NO FAULT: 

VERROR - llN X RP 

- 10nA - X 130k - 1.3mV 

FAULT: 

VFAULT = IMAX X Rp 

. 1mA« 130k- 130V 



(SIGNAL) 



IJiuieut it ctyainsi nign vouages. nere, tor example, 
we use a 1 30k£2 resistor to get 1 30V protection and 
yet the 10nA leakage current (maximum over 
temperature) of the MAX328 produces only a 
1 .3mV error. 

The fault current, Imax, should be less than 
the maximum switch rating (usually 1 0mA) and less 
than the source's current tolerance. In this 
example, 1 mA. is used. 

Also, don't forget to calculate the maximum 
power in the resistor, in this case, 130mW. 



DISCRETE COMPONENTS FOR 
FAULT PROTECTION 



RESISTOR ALONE: 




V- 

yi/iyixiyi/i — . 



Fault voltages can be prevented from causing 
damage with several schemes. Resistor protection 
alone is used at the top. The switch's internal diodes 
are used as the voltage limiter; if several channels 
have a fault at one time the device can get quite hot. 

Fault currents in one channel can spray 
electrons into the substrate; these electrons spread 
into adjacent channels causing error currents in 
otherwise good channels. 

The bottom network requires more parts, but 
affords better protection. High fault currents pass 
through the external diodes with power on. With 
power off, fault currents still go through the switch 
leakage. The next figure shows the same scheme 
for a dual differential MUX. 



DISCRETE DIODE-RESISTOR FAULT 
PROTECTION FOR 4 CHANNEL 
DIFFERENTIAL MUX 



-12V 



Here is a typical discrete protection network 
for a differential 4-channel MUX. It requires 
1 resistors, 2 Zeners, and 8 low-leakage diodes. 
Despite the large number of components, very high 
voltage protection is afforded to the MUX only with 
power on. With power off, the switch's internal 
diodes are in parallel with the external diodes, 
resistors, and Zeners, but the Zeners are off so the 
internal diodes conduct most of the current. When 
faults do occur, the current through the source can 
be quite high. 



10-5 



100 VOLT FAULT PROTECTED 
DIFFERENTIAL 4-CHANNEL MUX 



INPUTS """p 



3" 



OUTPUTS 



LOGIC ~p 

I ! Q 



/uyjxiyu 



FAULT CURRENT vs FAULT VOLTAGE 
MAX378, MAX379, MAX388, MAX389 




■150 -100 



00 150 



FAULT VOLTAGE (TYP.) 



FAULT-INDUCED OTHER CHANNEL 
INTERFERENCE 




✓nyjxiyi/i. 



The contrast between the fault protected 
MUXs and the discrete solution is obvious, but the 
real benefits are the better specifications that few 
designers have the patience to duplicate discretely. 



Here is a plot of the typical fault current 
through Maxim's fault protected MUXs. The data 
shows the current through any input or output pin 
with power off. There is no significant loading of 
the source, no fault current, no spraying of 
electrons into adjacent channels, no pushing of 
current into either supply rail, and no heating. 

With ±15V power applied, the curves are 
nearly identical except the current starts rising 1 5V 
lower. This reflects the surprising fact that 
protection is better with power off. These devices 
are guaranteed to handle ±1 00V with power off, 
+50V with ±1 5V supplies. 

A further benefit of fault protected 
multiplexers is that when faults do occur in one 
channel, there is no significant energy induced into 
other channels. This is due partly to the fact that 
there is no significant fault current in the switch. 
Such current tends to spray electrons all over the 
substrate in a conventional MUX, causing all 
manner of havoc with adjacent channel signals. 

The scope photo shows a 200mV 
peak-to-peak single triangle wave followed by a 
long flat period. This waveform is on one input and 
the output; it is the selected channel on an 
8-channel MUX. The source impedance is 1 000£2. 
The lower channel shows a 230V peak-to-peak 
signal connected to another channel. By holding 
the page sideways you can discern some 
feedthrough on the flat portion of the 200mV signal, 
but the effect is very slight. The 230V signal was 
left on over night and there was no discernible 
temperature rise in the MUX. Note, however, that 
±1 1 5V is beyond the specifications, i.e., don't count 
on it. Also, the +1 15V is peak-to-peak, not RMS. 



10-6 



FAULT PROTECTION SUMMARY 



. Protects Switch 

• Does Not Load Source 

• Protects Downstream Device 

• Protects Channel Data 

• No Temperature Rise 

• Output Polarity Same as Input, No "Glitch 

• All Channels Can Have Faults at Once 

• Same Benefits with Power On Or Off 



_ywyjxi>w. 



POWER SUPPLY CONSIDERATIONS 

. All Maxim "MAXxxx" Switches Operate with 
Single Supplies 

• Logic Levels Can Swing Analog Rail-to-Rail 

• Analog Signal Range Rail-to-Rail - Except Fault 
Protected Devices 

• All Are Both CMOS and TTL Compatible 
yi/iyjxiyn . 



Maxim's second source CMOS switches 
and Multiplexers operate similarly to the original 
manufacturer's part, and generally are not 
specified for other than +1 5V supplies. We do use 
a different level translator, one that needs no 
separate logic supply pin, so frequently our 
specifications for current in this pin is zero. (Such 
pins are present to retain pin-for-pin compatibility.) 

The figure shows what happens when you 
want to use a "MAXxxx" part with unusual power 
supplies; fortunately they "work" down to single 
supplies as low as 10V. Keep in mind, however, 
that lower supplies mean lower speed and higher 
Rds(ON). 



MAX327 
ISUPPLY vs. SWITCH CONTROL 




, I 

00001 2 4 6 8 . 12 14 16 



VOLTAGE (V) 



ynyixiyvi 



A N-channel or P-Channel MOSFET switch 
draws no power from the power supply. All the 
power is consumed by the digital interface (the level 
translator between logic and analog) , and even that 
is reduced to nearly zero when the logic levels are 
at the analog supply rails. The graph shows the 
variation in supply current with various static DC 
levels on the logic input pin, using 15V supplies. 
Unfortunately, the greatest current is drawn with 
TTL level inputs (0.8 and 2.4V) around the area 
where the level translator is operating in its linear 
mode. If the logic is rail-to-rail CMOS, however, 
the supply current drops to vanishingly small levels. 



10-7 



MAXIM QUALITY 

• New Product Release Procedure 

• Reliability Qualification Tests 

• Continual Reliability Monitoring 

• Reliability History 

• Production Stress Screening 

• Lot Traceability 

• Available Quality/Reliability Literature 



yi/iyjxiyi/i. 



Maxim maintains that Quality is not a 
negotiable attribute but is a commitment that the 
supplier maintains with its customers. It is a trust 
that must be preserved. Maxim accomplishes this 
by using various controls and systems. These 
ensure the consistent production of reliable 
products. 



NEW PRODUCT RELEASE PROCEDURE 

• Test Program Conforms to Data Sheet 

• Life Test (192 hours at 135 C, biased, 80 units) 

• Pressure Pot (96 hours at 121 C, 100% RH, 
unbiased, 45 units) 

• ESD (Every pin measured per MIL STD 3015.7. 
Design target is ±2000V.) 

• Latch-Up Sensitivity (Every pin required to withstand 
50mA injected current) 

• Noise Performance (Where Applicable) 



The 5 major controls and systems are: 

• New Product Release Procedures 

• Reliability Qualification 

• Continual Reliability Monitoring 

• Production Stress Screening 

• Lot Traceability 



New products are the most prone to exhibit 
anomalies because of the inexperience of both 
ourselves and our customers. Speeding up the 
learning process is brought about by various self 
checks and sanity checks made prior to production 
release. Product-by-product reliability testing 
serves as a supplement to the full-blown Reliability 
Qualifications done on each process and package 
family. 



11- 



RELIABILITY QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ICs 
IN PLASTIC PACKAGES 




./i/i/jxiyi/L 



RELIABILITY MONITORING 

• Humidity Test (Weekly) 

• 3 lots per week per pkg family per assembly facility. 

• 96Hrs pressure pot, sample size = 45. 

• Life Test (Weekly) 

• 3 lots per week per process per fab. 

• 192Hrs Life Test, sample size = 80. 

o Process/Mask Change Characterization 

• 192Hrs Life Test 

• ESD 

• Latch-up 

• Product Parametric Characterization 

• Yield Verification 







->i/iyjXMH- 



The complete list of Qualification Tests and 
test conditions are shown. 

Note that most of the endpoint 
measurements are taken against the datasheet 
test limits. Data from these tests are available for 
customer review. 



Continual Reliability Monitoring is done for 
two reasons: to check that the quality of existing 
products and processes remains stable, and to 
verify that product or process changes preserve or 
enhance quality. 

First, random samples are pulled from 
production lots weekly for Humidity (Pressure Pot) 
and Life Test. The sampling plans and sample 
sizes provide sufficient visibility into our fabrication 
and assembly processes for defect detection. This 
also allows Maxim to react in a timely manner to 
initiate corrective measures prior to any customer 
involvement. 

Second, every new mask change or process 
iteration is qualified through a shortened 
qualification process. This process comprises: 

• 1 92 hour life testing 

• ESD verification 

• Latch-up susceptibility verification 

• Product parameter characterization 



MAXIM'S RELIABILITY HISTORY 
(FAILURES IN TIME) 




2 - 



JULY SEPT MAY JULY APRIL MARCH MARCH JUNE 
M 85 88 87 88 90 91 92 



The results of this activity can be simply 
viewed from the Reliability History graph. Maxim 
has maintained a constant downward trend 
through continuous improvement programs 
focused on the major failure modes. 



11-2 



MAJOR COMPONENTS FOR MAXIM'S 
PRODUCTION STRESS SCREENING 

100% Temperature Cycling 

(-65C to +150C, 10 cycles) 
100% Hot Temperature Test 

(70 C Commercial 

85 C Exten 

100% Burn-in 

(On DIP package only for processes 

not yet achieving less than 300ppm 

infant mortality) 
100% Q.A. Sampling of Every Lot 

(AQL = 0.1%, based on MIL-STD-150D) 

>i/iyjxi>n_ 



LOT TRACEABILITY 

All Maxim Products are Fully Traceable from 
Individual Device Back to Starting Material 



nnnnnnn 




WAFER LOT COOE 



Maxim's production stress screening serves 
to eliminate time zero defects as well as to reduce 
the number of infant mortality failures. Electrical 
test is used as the primary vehicle for defect 
detection. Typically this is done at high 
temperature and then at room temperature. The 
elevated temperature test augments the 100% 
temperature cycling screen the product goes 
through during assembly. Temperature cycling 
helps identify devices with an intermittent failure, 
e.g. a loose bond-wire or a cracked die. 

Maxim has also used burn-in extensively to 
help weed out infant mortality failures. The need 
for burn-in has been reduced with the 
improvements to our fabrication processes. 
Maxim's inherent failure rate is under 300ppm. At 
this rate the advantages of burn-in are greatly 
diminished. 

QA sample testing is performed to a 0.1% 
AQL (Acceptable Quality Level) criterion using an 
accept on zero sampling plan. This type of QA 
sampling is applied to both electrical and 
mechanical attributes of our product. 



Maxim has an effective traceability scheme 
that facilitates post-sales material management. 
This scheme shown allows for traceability to the 
raw silicon from which the product was fabricated. 
If a customer has a problem with a particular lot, he 
can call Maxim with the identifying ID printed on the 
back of each IC, and our Applications or Failure 
Analysis staff can then match this number with the 
corresponding archive sample. This sample can 
then be measured according to the customer's 
usage, and the reported problem evaluated. 
Valuable time is saved by avoiding the need for 
transporting correlation samples. The backmark 
ID code can also assist in the unlikely event of a 
product recall. 



RELIABILITY LITERATURE 

General Reliability Report RR-1F 

Summarizes Maxim's Life Test monitoring program and product 
history. 

Metal Gate CMOS Reliability Report QR-1 A 

Comprehensive reliability focus on the product and processes 
maintained at Maxim's own Fab. 

Surface Mount Reliability Report RR-2A 

Summarizes the humidity performance of our SOIC products 
through various thermal/moisture tests. 

Quality Assurance Manual QM-1A 

Outlines all major systems used in the control of Maxim's manufacturing. 

Product Specific Reliability Reports 200 Available 

Summarizes the reliability data specific to any individual product. 

Quarterly Reliability Updates Available 

Summarizes all reliability monitor data taken for the past quarter. 
Includes failure analysis of any defects detected. 

yi/i/jxiyi/i ) 



Further explanation of these systems is 
contained in Maxim's Reliability and Quality 
literature. All of the general reports are maintained 
at both our sales and representatives offices. 
Detailed individual product reliability reports can be 
ordered through any Maxim sales office. 



11-3 



HI-REL MILITARY PRODUCT 
AVAILABILITY 

i Standard Military Drawing (SMD) 

• Factory Inventory 

i MIL-STD-883B, Rev. C Compliant NON-JAN 

• Supported by 883 Military Device Data Sheets 

• Factory Inventory 

i 7HR" Hi-Reliability Processing/Screening Flow 

• Screening Flow Using MIL-STD-883B, 
Methods 5004/5005 

• Any Military Temperature Range Product Available 
in This Flow 

• Some Inventory of Popular Types 

• Alternative to Fully Qualified 883 Material 

/ki/ixi/u 



WAUHED 



• Arrow Electronics 

Brookhaven, New York 

» Bell Industries 
Dayton, Ohio 

• Pioneer Electronics 

Woodbury, LA, New York Branch 



883 COMPLIANT PRODUCTS 



ADCs 


MX7541/41A 


■DG41 7-419 


LINEAR 


INTERFACE 


-MAX1507MX7820 


MX7542 


■DG 441/442 


REGULATOR 


MAX231 


MAX154/MX7824 


MX7S43 




MAX663 


MAX232 


MAX158 MX7828 


MX 754 5 A 


MULTIPLEXERS 


MAX664 


MAX233 


MAX160/MX7574 


MX7548 


HAX31 0/311 


MAX666 


MAX238 


MAX161/MX7581 


MX7547 


•MAX3267329 




■MAX250 


MAX 170 


MX7628 


maxss^sss 


MPS DRIVERS 


'MAX251 


MAX172/MX7S72 




'MAX368/369 


MAX626 




MXS74 


SWITCHES 


•MAX378/379 


MAX627 


OP-AMP 


MX674A 


DG200A 


■MAX388389 


HAX628 


OP07 


MX7575 


DG201 A/202 


■MX7501/2^ 


TSC426 


1CL7642 


MX7672 


DG300 1 2 3 A 


MX7506/7 


TSC427 


ICL76S0 




DO 30-1 5 5 7A 


DG506A/507A 


TSC428 


"MAX452 453 


OACs 


DG308A 309 


DG508A/509A 


ICL7667 




MAX543 


OG 38 1.04/87(90 A 






SUPERVISORY 


MX7224 


HI201 


IH61 08/6208 


REFERENCES 


MAX690 


MX7225 


IH5040-47 


■DG406/407 


MX580 


MAX691 


MX 7226 


IH5048-51 


■OG408 409 


MX581 


MAX692 


MX7228 


IH5140-47 




MX584 


MAX693 


MX752W30/33 


IH5341 


POWER SUPPLY 


REF01 


MAX694 


MX7521 


IH5352 


DC-DC 


REF02 


MAX695 


MX7523 


MAX331/332 


MAX634 


HAX674 


MAX696 


MX7S24 


MAX333 


MAX638 


MAX675 


MAX697 


MX7528 


•DG40 1-403 


MAX680 




MAX1232 


MX7537 


•DG41 1-113 









•AVAILJ181EDEC 1992 



ynyjxiyi/i. 



DESC APPROVED DEVICES TO 
STANDARD MILITARY DRAWING 
(SMDs) CURRENTY AVAILABLE 



MAXIM P/N 

IH5040MJE/883B 
IH5041MJE 883B 
IH5042MJE/883B 
IH5043MJEJ683B 
IH5044MJE/883B 



IH5045MJE/SS3B 
IH5047MJE/883B 
1H5140MJE/883B 
IH5141MJE«83B 
IH5142MJE/883B 
IH5143MJE/883B 
IH5144MJE/883B 
IH5145MJE/883B 
IH5147MJE/883B 
IH5148MJE/883B 



SMELP/N 
8100601 EX 
8100602EX 
810O6O3EX 

8100605EX 
8100606AX 



8100610EX 
8100611EX 
810061 2EX 
8100613EX 
8100614EX 
8100616EX 
8100619EX 



MAXIM P/N 
IH5149MJE/883B 
IH5150MJE/883B 
IH5151MJB883B 



MAX232MLP/883B 

MAX690MJA/883B 
MAX692MJA/883B 
MAX694MJA 3S3B 

MAX691 M J E 883B 
MAX691MLP/883B 
MAX693MJE/883B 
MAX693MLP/883B 
MAX695MJE/883B 



sud_ezu 

8100620EX 
8100621 EX 
8100622EX 

5962-8987701 EX 
5962-8987701 2X 

5962-9071 201 MPX 
5962-9071 202MPX 
5962-9071 203MPX 

5962-9071101MEX 
5962-9071 1 01 M2X 
5962-9071 102MEX 
5962-9071 102M2X 
5962-9071 103MEX 



DESC APPROVED DEVICES TO 
STANDARD MILITARY DRAWING 
(SMDs) CURRENTY AVAILABLE (CONT) 



MAX8211MTV/883B 5962-9061101MGX 



MAX8211MJA/883B 
IWAX8212MTV/883B 



M AXIM P/N SMD P/N 

MX7528UQ/883B 5962-8770103RX 



MX7524SQ/883B 
MX7524SE/8S3B 
MX7524TQ/883B 
MX7524TE'883B 
MX7524UQ883B 
MX7524TE/883B 

MX7528SO/883B 
MX7528TQ/883B 



5962-9081 1 01 MPX 
5962-9081 102MGX 
5962-9081 102MPX 
5 962-8780 201 RX 
5962-8780201 2X 

5962-8770001 EX 
5962-8770001 2X 
5962-8770002EX 
5962-87700022X 
5962-8770003EX 
5962-87700032X 

5962-87701 01 RX 
5962-8770102RX 



MX7541ASQ/883B 
MX7541ASE/883B 
MX7541ATO/883B 
MX7541ATE/883B 



5962-69481 01 VX 
5962-69481 01 2X 
5962-69481 02VX 
5962-69481 022X 



MX7572SQ12/883 B 5962-8759101LX 
MX7572TQ12/883B 5962-8759102LX 



MX7572SQ05/8838 
MX7572TQ05/883B 

MX7574TQ/683B 
MX7574TE/883B 
MX7574SQ/883B 
MX7574SE/883B 



5962-S759104LX 
5962-87591 0SLX 

5962-6961 603 VX 
5962-8961 6032X 
5962-8961 604VX 
5962-89616042X 



yi/iyjxiyn. 



DESC APPROVED DEVICES TO 
STANDARD MILITARY DRAWING 
(SMDs) CURRENTY AVAILABLE (CONT) 



MAXIM P/N 
MX7820UQ/883B 
MX7820UE/883B 
MX7820TQ/883B 
MX7620TE/883B 

MX7824TO/883B 
MX7824UO/883B 

MX7828TQ/883B 
MX7828UO/883B 

REF01J/883B 
REF01Z/883B 



SMD P/N 
5962-8865001 RX 
5962-8865001 2X 



5962-8876401 LX 
5962-8876402LX 



5962-8876403XX 
5962-6876404XX 



5962-8958102GX 
5962-89581 02PX 



REF01AJ/883B 
REF01AZ/863B 



REF02AZ/883B 

TSC426MJA/883B 
TSC426MNP/883B 
TSC427MJA/863B 
TSC427MNP/883B 
TSC428MJA/883B 



SMD P/N 
5962-89581 01 GX 
5962-89581 01 PX 

8551 401 GX 
8551401 PX 

5962-8850301 PX 



.ynyixivn- 



11-4 



Interface Produ 



Guaranteed 



I 



Part 
Number 


Power 
Supply 

(V) 


#of 

RS-232 

Drivers 


#of 
RS-232 
Receivers 


# of Ext. 
Caps 


Nominal 
Cap. Value 

/..El 


Shutdown 
& J-btate 


Supply 
Current 
(mA max) 


Data Rate 
(Kbits/sec 
max) 


Features 


Pri 

10' 

(») 


MAX220 


+5 


2 


2 


4 


4.7/10 


No 


2 


20 


Ultra low-power, industry-standard pinout 


2.2 


MAX222 


+5 


2 


2 


4 


0.1 


Yes 


10 


116 


MAX232A with shutdown 


2.2 


MAX223 


+5 


4 


5 


4 


1.0 


Yes 


15 


20 


+5V IBM PC serial port w/ receivers active in shutdown 


3.2 


MAX230(MAX200) 


+5 


5 





4 


1.0 


Yes 


15 (20) 


20 


5 drivers with shutdown 


32 


MAX231 


+5 and 
+7.5 to +13.2 


2 


2 


2 


1.0 


No 


1/5 


20 


Standard +5/+12V or battery supplies; same 
functions as MAX232 


1.9 


MAX232(MAX202) 


+5 


2 


2 


4 


1.0 


No 


10(15) 


20 


Industry standard 


1.9 


MAX232A 


+5 


2 


2 


4 


0.1 


No 


10 


116 


Higher slew rate, small caps 


2.2 


MAX233(MAX203) 


+5 


2 


2 





- 


No 


10 (15) 


20 


No external caps 


3.t 


MAX233A 


+5 


2 


2 







No 


10 


116 


No external caps, high slew rate 


4.2 


MAX234(MAX204) 


+5 


4 





4 


1 nm n 
l.U (U.lJ 


Kin 
JNO 


15 (20) 


on 


Kepiaces l*tOo 


"Z 1 


MAX235(MAX205) 


+5 


5 


5 







Yes 


15 (20) 


20 


No external caps 


O.J 


MAX236(MAX206) 


+5 


4 


3 


4 


1.0(0.1) 


Yes 


15(20) 


20 


Shutdown, three-state 


32 


MAX237(MAX207) 


+5 


5 


3 


4 


1.0(0.1) 


No 


15 (20) 


20 


Complements IBM PC serial port 


32 


MAX238(MAX208) 


+5 


4 


4 


4 


1.0(0.1) 


No 


15(20) 


20 


Replaces 1488 and 1489 


32 


MAX239(MAX209) 


+5 and 
+7.5 to +13.2 


3 


5 


2 


1.0(0.1) 


No 


1/15(20) 


20 


Standard +5/+12V or battery supplies; single 
package solution for IBM PC serial port 


32 


MAX240 


+5 


5 


5 


4 


1.0 


Yes 


15 


20 


DIP or flatpak package 


5.1 


MAX241 (MAX211) +5 


4 


5 


4 


1.0(0.1) 


Yes 


15 (20) 


20 


Complete IBM PC serial port 


3.2 


MAX242 


+5 


2 


2 


4 


0.1 


Yes 


10 


116 


Separate shutdown and enable 




MAX243 


+5 


2 


2 


4 


0.1 


No 


10 


116 


Open-line detection simplifies cabling 


2.: 


MAX244 


+5 


8 


10 


4 


1.0 


No 


25 


64 


High slew rate 


7Jt 


MAX245 


+5 


8 


10 







Yes 


25 


64 


High slew rate, int. caps, two shutdown modes 


12 


MAX246 


+5 


8 


10 







Yes 


25 


64 


High slew rate, int. caps, three shutdown modes 


12 


MAX247 


+5 


8 


9 







Yes 


25 


64 


High slew rate, int. caps, nine operating modes 


12 


MAX248 


+5 


8 


8 


4 


1.0 


Yes 


25 


64 


High slew rate, selective half-chip enables 


7.( 


MAX249 


+5 


6 


10 


4 


1.0 


Yes 


25 


64 


MAX248 with 2 complete IBM PC serial ports 


IX 


MAX560 


+3 


4 


5 


4 


1.0 


Yes 


8 


20 


+3V MAX561 + receivers active in shutdown 


3.: 


MAX561 


+3 


4 


5 


4 


1.0 


Yes 


8 


20 


+3V Complete IBM PC serial port 


3.: 


RS-232 ISOLATION PRODUCTS 


MAX250 


+5 




2 






Yes 


" 


20 


Isolated RS-232 chipset 


3-' 


MAX251 


+5 


2 


2 






Yes 




20 


Isolated RS-232 chipset 


3.: 


MAX252A 


+5 


2 


2 







Yes 


90 


9.6 


UL recognized, 1500V isolation 




MAX252B 


+5 


2 


2 







Yes 


90 


9.6 


Economical 500V isolation 


T, 



Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 



Display Drivers 



ro 



Part 
Number 


Output 


Display 
Format 


Input 
Format 


Input 
Formula 


Number of 
Annunciators 


LCD 

or 

LED 


Features 


Pricet 
1000-up 

($) 


ICM7211 


4 digit 


Hexadecimal 
or code B 


Multiplexed or 
microprocessor 
interface 


4-bits data 


No independent 
annunciators 


LCD 


Muxed version, 4 digit strobes; 
Interfaced version, 2 digit address 


2.42 


ICM7212 


4 digit 


Hexadecimal 
or code B 


Multiplexed or 
microprocessor 
interface 


4-bits data 


No independent 
annunciators 


LED 


Muxed version, 4 digit strobes; 
Interfaced version, 2 digit address 


2.05 


MAX7219 


8 digit 


7 segment 
or no decode 


Serial entry 


8-bits data 

O kit - , ] i ,. , 

o-Dits address 


No independent 
annunciators 


LED 


True 3-wire serial interface 


3.99 


MAX7220 


8 digit 


7 segment 
or no decode 


Parallel entry 


8-bits data 


No independent 
annunciators 


LED 


20ns access time 


+t 


MAX7231 


8 digit 


Hexadecimal 
or code B 


Parallel entry 


4-bits data 

2- bits annunciator 

3- bit address 


16 


LCD 


"A" & "B" versions, both annunciators on COM3; 
"C" version, annunciators on COM1 & COM3 


4.50 


ICM7218/ 
ICM7228 


8 digit 


Hexadecimal 
or no decode 


Parallel entry 


6-bits data 


No independent 
annunciators 


LED 


"A" version drives common anode display; 
"B" version drives common cathode display 


4.33 


MAX7232 


10 digit 


Hexadecimal 
or code B 


Serial entry 


4-bits data 
2-bits annunciator 
4-bit address 


20 


LCD 


"A" & "B" versions, both annunciators on COM3; 
"C" version, annunciators on COM1 & COM3 


4.37 


MAX7233 


4 char. 


64 character 
ASCII 


Parallel entry 


6-bits ASCII data 
2-bit address 


No independent 
annunciators 


LCD 


"A" version, half-width numbers; 
"B" version, full-width numbers 


4.06 


MAX7234 


5 char. 


64 character 
ASCII 


Serial entry 


6-bits ASCII data 
3-bit address 


No independent 
annunciators 


LCD 


"A" version, half-width numbers; 
"B" version, full-width numbers 


4.51 



Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



RS-232 LINE DRIVERS/RECEIVERS 



+3V, 4 EXT. CAPS 



4 DRVRS/5 RCVRS 



* MAX560 (shutdown) 

* MAX561 (receivers active in shutdown) 



+5V, 4 EXT. CAPS 



+5V, INTERNAL CAPS 



2 DRVRS/2 RCVRS 



MAX220 (ultra-low power) 
MAX222 (IQ = 10uA in shutdown) 
MAX232 (industry standard) 
MAX232A (116kbits/sec, 0.1(iF caps) 
MAX242 (receivers active in shutdown) 
MAX243 (simplified cabling) 



ISOLATION PRODUCTS 



RVRS/2 RCVRS 



MAX233 

MAX233A(116kbits/sec) 



HIGH DRVR/RCVR COUNT 



+5V/+12V OR BATTERY 
POWER, 2 EXT. CAPS 



MAX250 
MAX251 



2 DRVRS/2 RCVRS 




COMPLETE MODULE 



HIGH DRVR/RCVR COUNT 



MAX239 (3 drivers /5 receivers) 



MAX235 

(5 drivers/5 receivers) 



HIGH DRVR/RCVR COUNT 



* MAX223 (4 drivers/5 receivers) 
MAX230 (5 drivers/0 receivers) 
MAX234 (4 drivers/0 receivers) 
MAX236 (4 drivers/3 receivers) 
MAX237 (5 drivers/3 receivers) 
MAX238 (4 drivers /4 receivers) 
MAX240 (5 drivers/5 receivers) 
MAX241 (4 drivers/5 receivers) 
MAX244 (8 drivers/10 receivers) 
MAX248 (8 drivers /8 receivers) 
MAX249 (8 drivers/10 receivers) 



* MAX252A (UL recognized) 

* MAX252B (500V isolation) 



(8 drivers/10 receivers) 
MAX24* 

(8 drivers/10 receivers) 
MAX247 

(8 drivers /9 receivers) 



* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



\iP Supervisory Circuits 



M 
i 











Backup- 


CE Write 




mani 


lal 




Active- 


Battery- 


Price* 


Pari 


Nominal 




Nominal Watchdog 


Battery 


Power-F 


ill Rese 


t Watchdc 


>g Low-Line 


High 


On 


1000-up 


Number 


Reset Thresh 


old(V) Pu"se Width (ms) 


Timeout Period (sec) 


Switch 


Protect 


Compari 


tor Inpu 


Output 


Output 


Reset 


Output 


($> 


MAX690 


4.65 


35 


1.6 


✓ 




✓ 












3.27 


MAX690A 


4.65 


140 


1.6 


✓ 




✓ 












3.33 


MAX691 


4.65 


35/adj. 


1.6/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


3.55 


MAX691A 


4.65 


140/adj. 


1.6/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


3.55 


MAX692 


4.40 


35 


1.6 


✓ 




✓ 












3.27 


MAX692A 


4.40 


140 


1.6 


✓ 




✓ 












3.33 


MAX693 


4.40 


35/adj. 


1.6/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


3.55 


MAX693A 


4.40 


140/adj. 


1.6/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


3.61 


MAX694 


4.65 


140 


1.6 


✓ 




✓ 












3.27 


MAX695 


4.65 


140/adj. 


1.6/adj. 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


3.55 


MAX6% 


Adj. 


35/adj 


1.6/adj. 


✓ 




✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


3.55 


MAX697 


Adj. 


35/adj. 


1.6/adj. 




✓ 


✓ 




✓ 


✓ 


✓ 




3.58 


MAX700 


4.65/adj. 


200 










✓ 






✓ 




2.17 


MAX703 


4.65 


140 




✓ 




✓ 


✓ 










1.38 


MAX704 


4.40 


140 




✓ 




✓ 


✓ 










1.38 


MAX705 


4.65 


140 


1.6 






✓ 


✓ 


✓ 








1.02* 


MAX706 


4.40 


140 


1.6 






✓ 


✓ 


✓ 








1.02* 


MAX707 


4.65 


140 








✓ 


✓ 






✓ 




0.88* 


MAX708 


4.40 


140 








✓ 


✓ 






✓ 




0.88* 


MAX791 


4.65 


140 


1 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


✓ 


t+ 


MAX1232 


4.50/4.75 


250 


0.15/0.60/1.2 










✓ 






✓ 




1.71 


MAX1259 








✓ 




✓ 













3.74 



* 25,000 pc price, factory direct 

* Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA (unless otherwise noted). International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
" Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



LiP 

SUPERVISORY 
CIRCUITS 



UNDER/OVERVOLTAC 
DETECTORS 



- FIVE FUNCTION 16-PIN 



- FOUR FUNCTION 8-PIN 



MAX691* (4.65V reset) 

★ MAX691A 
MAX693* (4.4V reset) 

★ MAX693A 

MAX695* (200ms reset pulse width) 



- SIX FUNCTION 16-PIN 



MAX791 (2nd generation part) 



*— FOUR FUNCTION 16-PIN 



MAX696 (adj. reset threshold) 
MAX697 (adj. reset threshold) 



MAX690* (4.65 reset) 

★ MAX690A 
MAX692* (4.4V reset) 

★ MAX692A 

MAX694» (200ms reset pulse width) 

★ MAX703 

★ MAX704 



SINGLE VOLTAGE 
DETECTORS 



MAX8211 (noninverting) 
MAX8212 (inverting) 



DUAL VOLTAGE 
DETECTORS 



ICL7665 



- RESET AND WATCHDOG 



★ MAX705 

★ MAX706 

MAX1232 (improved DS1232) 



- RESET ONLY 



MAX700 



RESET AND POWER FAIL 



d for new designs. 

* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



★ MAX707 

★ MAX708 







DC/DC Converters 



Part 
Number 


Input 

Voltage 

Range 

(V) 


Output 
Voltage 

(V) 


Quiescent 
Supply Current 
(mA) 
max (typ) 


Package 
Options* 


Temp. 
Range" 


Features 


Pricet 
1000-up 

($) 


STEP-UP SWITCHING REGULATORS (PFM) 


MAX4193 


2.4 to 16.5 


VOUT > V|N 


0.200 (0.090) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Improved RC4193 2nd source 


1.74 


MAX630 


2.0 to 16.5 


VoUT > VlN 


6.125 (0.070) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


Improved RC4193 2nd source 


2.88 


MAX631 


1.5 to 5.6 


+5, adj. 


0.4(0.135) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Only 2 external components 


2.56 


MAX632 


1.5 to 12.6 


+12, adj. 


2.0 (0.5) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


Only 2 external components 


2.56 


MAX633 


1.5 to 15.6 


+15, adj. 


2.5 (0.75) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Only 2 external components 


2.56 


MAX654 


1.15 to 5.6 


+5 


(0.08) 




C, E,M 


Optimized tor 1 cell, evaluation kit available 


3.35 


MAX655 


1.5 to 5.6 


+ 5 ... , 


(0.04) 


DIP, SO 


C, E, M 


Optimized for 2 cells, evaluation kit available 


3.35 


MAX656 


1.15 to 5.6 


+5 


(0.08) 
(0.08) 


DIP, SO 


C, E, M 


Drives external MOSFET 


3.35 


MAX657 


1.15 to 3.6 


+3 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


Optimized for 1 cell, evaluation kit available 


3.35 


MAX658 


1.5 to 5.6 


+5 


(0.04) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Drives external MOSFET 


3.35 


STEP-UP SWITCHING REGULATORS (PWM) 












MAX731 
MAX732 


1.8 to 5.25 
4.0 to 9.0 


+5 
+12 


4(2) 

3 (1.7) 


DIP, SO 
DIP, SO 


C,E,M 
C, E,M 


Evaluation kit available 

Interna! power MOSFET, +4% output voltage tolerance, 
flash EEPROM programming power supply, 200mA output 


3.20 
2.66 


MAX733 


4.0 to 12.0 


+15 


3(1.7) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


125mA output, evaluation kit available 


3.23 


MAX734 


4.0 to 9.3 


+12 


3(1.7) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


Flash-memory programer evaluation kit available 


tt 


MAX751 


1.8 to 5.25 


+5 


4(2) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Evaluation kit available 


tt 


MAX752 


1.8 to 16 


Adi. 


3(1.7) 


DIP. SO 


C, E.M 


Evaluation kit available 


3.20 


STEP-DOWN SWITCHING REGULATORS (PFM) 


MAXo38 


2.6 to 16.5 


+5, adj. 


0.6 (0.135) 


DIP, SO 


C, E.M 


Only 3 external components 


2.56 


MAX639 


4.0 to 11.0 


+5, adj. 


0.2(0.1) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


>90% efficiencies over wide range (2mA to 225mA), 
DIP and SO evaluation kit available 


2.96 


STEP-DOWN SWITCHING REGULATORS (PWM) 


MAX730 


5.2 to 11.0 


+5 


3(1.7) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


300mA output, 90% efficiencies, 
DIP and SO evaluation kit available 


3.09 


MAX738 


6.0 to 16.0 


+5 


3(1.7) 


DIP, SO 


C, E.M 


750mA output, >85% efficiencies, 
DIP and SO evaluation kit available 


3.23 


MAX750 


4.0 to 11.0 


Adj. 


3(1.7) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


1 5W output, 90"/., efficiencies, 


2.92 














DIP and SO evaluation kit available 
3.75W output, >85% efficiencies, 
DIP and SO evaluation kit available 




MAX758 


4.0 to 16 


Adj. 


3(1.7) 


DIP, SO 


C, E.M 


3.23 


-Continued on the next page- 













to 



* Package Options: DIP = Dual-In-Line Package, SO = Small Outline, TO-99 = Can 

M Temperature Ranges: C = O'C to +70°C, I = -25'C to +85*C, E = -40T to +85'C, M = -55°C to +125 5 C 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



DC/DC Converters (continued) 



Part 
Number 


Input 

Voltage 

Range 

(V) 


Output 
Voltage 

(V) 


Supply Current 

(mA) 

max (typ) 


Package 
Options* 


Temp. 
Range** 


Features 


Prlcet 
1000-up 

($) 


INVERTING SWITCHING REGULATORS (PFM) 












MAX4391 


4.0 to 16.5 


up to -20 


0.25(0.09) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Improved RC4391 2nd source 


2.09 


MAX634 


2.3 to 16.5 


up to -20 


0.15 (0.07) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Improved RC4391 2nd source 


2.61 


MAX635 
MAX636 


2.3 to 16.5 
2.3 to 16.5 


-5, adj. 
-12, adj. 


0.15(0.08) 
0.15(0.08) 


DIP, SO 
DIP, SO 


C, E,M 
C,E,M 


Only 3 external components 
Only 3 external components 


2.56 
2.56 


MAX637 


2.3 to 16.5 


-15, adj. 


10 (0.5) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


Only 3 external components 


2.56 


MAX650 


-54 to -42 


+5 


0.15(0.07) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Telecom applications 


3.50 


INVERTING SWITCHING REGULATORS (PWM) 












MAX73S 


4.0 to 6.2 


-5 


3(1.6) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


200mA output, 85% efficiencies 


2.55 


MAX736 


4.0 to 8.6 


-12 


6(4.2) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


>80% efficiencies, evaluation kit available 


2.95 


MAX737 


4.0 to 5.5 


-15 


9(6.1) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


>80% efficiencies, evaluation kit available 


2.95 


MAX739 


4.0 to 16.0 


-5 


1.7 (3.5) 


DIP, SO 


C, E, M 


300mA output, 80% efficiencies 


2.95 


MAX755 


4.0 to 11.0 


Adj. 


3(1.6) 


DIP, SO 


C, E,M 


>80% efficiencies 


tt 


MAX759 


4.0 to 11.0 


Adj. 


2.2 (4.0) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


1.5W output, LCD driver, 80% efficiencies 


2.95 


DUAL OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATORS (PWM) 


MAX742 


4.2 to 10.0 


±12, ±15 


15(8) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Drives external MOSFETs, 30W output 


3.91 


MAX743 


4.2 to 6.0 


±12, ±15 


30(20) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Internal power MOSFETs, evaluation kit and 
production kit available, 3W output 


4 49 


SWITCHING REGULATOR CONTROLLERS 












MAX641 


1.5 to 5.6 


+5, adj. 


0.4 (0.135) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


PFM controller 


2.87 


MAX642 


1.5 to 12.6 


+12, adj. 


2.0(0.5) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


PFM controller 


2.87 


MAX643 


1.5 to 15.6 


+15, adj. 


2.5(0.75) 


DIP, SO 


GAM 




2.87 


MAX741U 


2.7 to 15.5 


+5, +12, +15, adj. 


3.5(1.6) 


DIP,SO,SSOP 


C, E,M 


PWM step-up controller 


tt 


MAX741D 


2.7 to 15.5 


+5 adj. 


4.0(2.8) 


DIP,SO,SSOP 


C,E,M 


PWM step-down controller 


• tt 


MAX741N 


2.7 to 15.5 


-5, -12, -15, adj. 


4.0 (2.2) 


DIP,SO,SSOP 


C,E,M 


PWM inverting controller 


tt 


CHARGE-PUMP CONVERTERS— UNREGULATED 


MAX660 


1.5 to 5.5 


+2 x Vin, -Vin 


1.0(0.6) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Iout = 100mA 


2.95 


MAX680 


2.0 to 6.0 


± 2 x Vin 


2(1) 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 




1.62 


MAX681 


2.0 to 6.0 


±2x Vin 


2(1) 


DIP 


C,E 


No external components (internal caps) 


4.64 


ICL7660 


1.5 to 10 


-Vin 


0.175(0.110) 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


C,E,M 




1.09 


ICL7562 


4.5 to 20 


-Vin 


0.6 (0.25) 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


C 




1.76 


Si7661 


4.5 to 20 


-Vin 


2 (0.3) 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


c 




1.94 


CHARGE-PUMP CONVERTERS— REGULATED HIGH-SIDE POWER SUPPLIES 


MAX622 
MAX623 


3.5 to 16.5 
3.5 to 16.5 


V, N +11V 
Vin + IIV 


0.5 (0.07) 
0.5 (0.07) 


DIP, SO 
DIP 


C,E 
C,E 


3 external capacitors 
No external capacitors 


1.99 
3.95 



ro 



* Package Options: DIP = Dual-In-Line Package, SO = Small Outline, TO-99 = Can 

2 Temperature Ranges: C ■ 0"C to +70"C, I a -25*C to +85'C, E = -40X to +85"C, M m -55'C to +125'C 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, 

tt Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



andexchangera.es. 



Part 
Number 



Input Voltage 
Range 

jyj 



MAX714 5.05 to 11 



MAX715 5.05 to 11 



MAX716 5.05 to 11 



Linear Output 
Voltage 

JYJ 



DC-DC Output 
Voltages 

JYJ 



Quiescent Supply 
Current Temp. 
Max Range (mA) 



2 at +5V lines 

3 at +5V lines 

4 at +5V lines 



-5 to -26 adj. LCD 
driver 



-5 adj., 

-5 to -26 adj., 

+12 or +15 adj. 

-5 adj., 

-5 to -26 adj., 

+12 or +15 adj. 



0.2perC,E,M 
enabled output 
line 

0.2 per C, E, M, 
enabled output 
line 

0.2perC,E,M, 
enabled output 
line 



Power Management Supplies 



Features 



Pricet 
1000-up 

JS 



Indepe ndent shutdowns, backup-battery switchover, 6.80 
RESET and power-fail warning outputs 

PC layout and parts list available 9.32 



Indepe ndent shutdowns, backup-battery switchover, 9.54 
RESET and power-fail warning outputs, evaluation kit available 



MOSFET Drivers 

Output 





Resistance 


Rise/Fall 


Rise Time 


Fall Time 










Pricet 


Part 


(a) 


Ta = +25C 


Over Temp. 


Over Temp. 


Supply Voltage 


Package 


Temp. 




1000-up 




max(typ) 


(ns max) 


(ns max) 


(ns max) 


(V) 


Options* 


Range" 


Features 




MAX4426/7/8 


10(4) 


30 


40 


40 


4.5 to 18 


DIP, SO 


C,E, M 


Dual inverting/dual 


1.61 


















noninverting/dual combo 




MAX626/7/8 


15(4) 


30 


40 


40 


4.5 to 18 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Dual inverting/dual 


1.57 


















noninverting/dual combo 


1.06 


TSC426/7/8 


15(10) 


30 


60 


40 


4.5 to 18 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


Dual inverting/dual 


















noninverting/dual combo 




ICL7667 


12(8) 


30 


40 


40 


4.5 to 15 


DIP, SO, TO -99 


C, E,M 


Dual inverting 


1.12 



High-Side MOSFET Drivers 





Supply 


Quiescent 










Pricet 




Voltage 


Supply Current 


Switching 








Part 


Range 


(mA) 


Frequency 


Package 


Temp. 




1000-up 


Number 


(V) 


max (typ) 


(kHz) 


Options* 


Range" 


Features 


($) 


MAX620 


4.5 to 16.5 


0.5 (0.070) 


70 


DIP, SO 


C,E 


Quad high-side driver, Vcc+1 1 V output 


3.91 


MAX621 


4.5 to 16.5 


0.5 (0.070) 


70 


DIP 


C,E 


Quad high-side driver, Vcc+1 IV output, internal capacitors 


5.82 


MAX625 


4.5 to 16.5 


0.5 (0.070) 


70 


DIP 


C,E 


Quad high-side switch, 4 internal 0.2Q 


9.98 



N-channel MOSFETs, internal capacitors 



* Package Options: DIP = Dual-In-Line Package, SO = Small Outline, TO-99 = Can 

" Temperature Ranges: C = - C to +70 - C, 1 = -25"C to +85"C, E = -40'C to +85 - C, M = -55'C to +125"C 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Linear Voltage Regulat 



















Input 
Voltage 
Part Range 
Number (V) 




Output 
Voltage 

(V) 


Dropout 
Voltage 


Quiescent 
Current 

(MA) 

max (typ) 


Output- 
Voltage 
Accuracy 


Shutdown 


Package 
Options* 


Temp. 
Range" 


AC-DC REGULATORS 


















MAX610 110/240VAC 




Fixed +5 or +1.3 to +9 


N/A 


150(70) 


±4% 


No 


DIP 


C 


MAX611 110/240VAC 




Fixed +5 


N/A 


150(70) 


±4% 


No 


DIP 


C 


MAX612 110/220VAC 




Fixed +5 or +1 .3 to +9 


N/A 


150(70) 


±47., 


No 


DIP 


C 


DC I INFAR RFGUI ATORS 


POSITIVE OUTPUT 














MAX663 +2 to +16.5 




Fixed +5 or +1.3 to +15 


0.9V at 40mA 


12(6) 


±5% 


Yes 


DIP, SO 


C, E, M 


MAX666 +2 to +16.5 




Fixed +5 or +1.3 to +15 


0.9V at 40mA 


12(6) 


±5% 


Yes 


DIP. SO 


C, E, M 


MAX667 +3.5 to +16.5 




Fixed +5 or +1.3 to +15 


0.15V at 200mA 


25(12) 


±5% 


Yes 


DIP, SO 


C,E, M 


ICL7663 +1.5 to +16 




+1.3to+15 


0.9V at 40mA 10(4) 


±87,, 


Yes 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


C, E, I, M 


ICL7663A +2.0 to +16 




+1.3 to +15 


0.9V at 40mA 


10(4) 
10(4) 


±17,. 


Yes 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


C, E, I, M 


ICL7663B +1.5 to +16 




+1.3IO+15 


0.9V at 40mA 


±ax 


Yes 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


C, E, 1, M 


DC LINEAR REGULATORS 


NEGATIVE OUTPUT 














MAX664 -2 to -16.5 




Fixed -5 or -1.3 to -15 


0.5V at 40mA 


12(6) 


±57,, 


Yes 


DIP, SO 


C,E,M 


ICL7664 -2 to -16 




-1.3 to -15 


0.4V at 30mA 


10(3.5) 


±57, 


Yes 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


C, l,M 


ICL7664A -2 to -16 




-1.3 to -15 


0.4V at 30mA 


10(3.5) 


±17, 


Yes 


DIP, SO, TO-99 


CIM 























































* Package Options: DIP = Dual-In-Line Package, SO = Small Outline. TO-99 = Can 

" Temperature Ranges: C = 0'C to +70 C, I = -25 C to +85 C. E = -40'C to +85C, M = -55 C to + 125 - C 

+ Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



POWER MANAGEMENT 



i 

o 



MULTI-FUNCTION 
SUPPLIES 












5 OR 6 CELL 
PORTABLES 





LOW-SIDE 
MOSFET 
DRIVERS 



HIGH-SIDE 
MOSFET 
DRIVERS 



OFFLINE 
AC-DC 
CONVERTERS 



* MAX626 

(4£1, dual inverting) 

* MAX627 

(4£1, dual noninverting) 

* MAX628 

(4Q, dual mixed 

* MAX4426 



* MAX714 

(2 at +5V, -26V LCD, uP super.) 

* MAX715 

(3 at +5V, -26V LCD, -5V, +12V, jiP super.) (4ft, dual inverting) 

* MAX716 * MAX4427 

(4 at +5V, -26V LCD, -5V, +12V, \iP super.) <4n, dual noninverting) 

* MAX4428 
(4il, dual mixed) 

* TSC426 

(10n, dual inverting) 

* TSC427 

(10n, dual noninverting) 

* TSC428 

(10n, dual mixed) 

* ICL7667 

(8n, dual inverting) 



* MAX620(quad) 

* MAX621 

(quad, internal caps) 

* MAX62S 

(quad, built-in MOSFETs, 
internal caps) 



MAX610 

(120V/240V line to 6V to 9V) 
MAX611 

(120V/240V line to 1.3V to 9V) 
MAX612 

(120V/240V line to 1.3V to 9V) 



* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



DC-DC CONVERTERS 



LOW-DROPOUT LINEAR REGULATORS 



POSITIVE 
LOW-POWER 



MAX663 

(+5V or adj., low IQ) 
MAX666 

(+5Voradj.,lowIQ, 
low-batt. detect) 

MAX667 

(+5Voradj.,lowIQ,low 



KX7«» (adj., 40mA) 



NEGATIVE 
LOW-POWER 



MAX664 

(-5Voradj.,lowIQ) 
ICL7664 (adj., 40mA) 



SWITCHING 
REGULATORS 



STEP-UP 



FWM 



* MAX731 (2VIN to +5VOUT) 

* MAX733(+15V) 

* MAX751 (2VIN to +5VOUT) 



* MAX732 (+12V, flash prog.) 

* MAX734(+12V, flash prog.) 

* MAX752(adj.) 



PFM 



MAX4193(adj.) 
MAX630 (adj.) 
MAXM1 (+5Voradj.) 

MAX632 (+12Voradp 
MAX633 (+15Voradp 



MAX654 (1VIN to +5VOUT) 

MAX655 (2VTN to +SVOUD 

MAX656 (1VIN to +SVOUT, 
controller) 

MAX657 (1VIN to +3VOUT) 

MAX658 (2VIN TO +5VOUT, 
controller) 



INVERTING 



FWM 



MAX735 (-5V) 

MAX73*(-12V) 

MAX737(-15V) 



* MAX739(-5V) 

* MAX755(adj.) 

* MAX759(adj.) 



PFM 



MAX4391 (adj.) 
MAX 634 (adj.) 
MAX635 (-5V) 

■ 



MAX43* (-12V) 
MAX637 (-15V) 
MAX650 (48VIN to +5VOUT) 



CHARGE PUMPS 



STEP-DOWN 



PWM 



* MAX730(+5V) 

* MAX738 (+5V) 

* MAX750 (adj.) 

* MAX758(adj.) 



>- PFM 



MAX638 

(+5Voradp 

A MAX634 

(+5V or adj., > 
90% efficiency) 



- ] controllers] 



* MAX741U (step-up) 

* MAX741N (inverter) 



MAX641 
MAX643 



DUAL OUTPUT 

Tj 



PWM 



-VIN OR (2 X VIN) 



MAX660 (100mA output) 
ICL7660 (VIN up to 10V) 
ICL7662(VINupto20V) 
Si7661 (VIN up to 20V) 



-VIN AND (2 X VIN) 



MAX680 

MAX681 

(internal caps) 



VIN + llV 



* MAX622 

* MAX623 

(internal caps) 



PWM 



* MAX741D (step-down) 



PFM 



"k New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



MAX742 (±12V or ±15V, controller) 



MAX743(±12Vor±15V) 



i 







Part Vos TCVos Ibias 

Number (mV max) (uV/'C max) (nA max) 



MAX400 

MAX402 
MAX403 
MAX406 

MAX407 

MAX408/428/448 
MAX409 



10 to 15uV 0.3 



Unity Supply Supply 
GBW Voltage Current 
(MHz) (V) (mA max) Features 







Op Amps 



Price* 
1000-up 

M 



2 
2 

0.5 to 2.0 

1.0 to 3.0 
6 to 12 



25 
33 
10 

10 

15 to 20 



5 
25 

lOpA 

lOpA 
l.luA 

lOpA 



0.4 

2/6(Av25) 
10/30(Av>5) 
0.008 to 0.040 

0.04 

100(AvS3) 

150kHz 
(Ay>10V/V) 



±3 to ±18 

±5 
±5 

+25 to +10 

+25 to +10 

±5 



75uA 

375uA 

1.2uA 

1.2uA/amp. 
10/amp. 



+25 to +10 1.2uA 



Ultra-low Vos & drift 

non-chopper stabilized 

High-speed,micropower 

High-speed, micropower 

Lowest power, single supply, 

output swings rail-to-rail 

Dual MAX406, unity-gain stable 

Single/dual/quad high-speed, 

high output current 

High-speed, decompensated MAX406 



5.16 

1.98 

2.75 
254 

tt 

3.072/4.06/6.74 
tt 



MAX410/412/414 250uV 



1.0 



150 



28 



±2.4 to ±5 



MAX420/422 


5tol0uV 


0.05 


0.03 to 0.10 


0.125 to 0.5 


±15 


0.5 to 2 


MAX421/423 


5 to 10uV 


0.05 


0.03 to 0.10 


0.125 to 0.5 


±15 


0.5 to 2 


N4AX430/432 


5uV 


0.05 


0.1 


0.125 to 0.5 


±15 


0.5 to 2 


MAX438 


2 


25typ 


5 


6(A V S5V/V) 


±5 


75uA 


MAX439 


2 


25typ 


25 


25(Av>5V/V) 


±5 


375nA 


MAX480 


70uV 


1.5 


3 




±0.8 to ±18 
±1.6 to ±36 


15uA 


LH0101 


3 to 10 


lOtyp 


300 to lk 


5 


±5 to ±15 


35 


MAX427/437 


15uV 


0.6 


40 


8/63 


±4 to ±18 


4.7 










(Av>5V/V) 






1CL7611 


2 to 15 


10 to 25 


0.05 


0.044 to 1.4 


±1.0 to ±8 


0.02 to 2.5 


ICL7612 


5 to 15 


15 to 25 


0.05 


0.044 to 1.4 


±1.0 to +8 


0.02 to 2.5 


1CL7614 


2 to 15 


15 to 25 


0.05 


0.48* 


±1.0 to ±8 


0.25 


ICL7616 


2 to 15 


15 to 25 


0.05 


0.044 to 1.4 


±1.0 to ±8 


0.02 to 2.5 


ICL7621/7622 


5 to 15 


15 to 25 


0.05 


0.48 


±1.0 to ±8 


0.25 


ICL7631/7632 


5 to 20 


15 to 30 


0.05 


0.044 to 1.4 


±1.0 to +8 


0.022 to 2.5 


ICL7641/7642 


5 to 25 


15 to 30 


0.05 


0.044 to 1.4 


±1.0 to ±8 


0.015 to 2.5 


ICL7650 


5tol0uV 


0.05 to 0.10 


0.01 to 0.02 


2 


±5 


2 


ICL7652 


5tol0(iV 


0.05 


0.03 


0.45 


±5 


2 



^e/d^/quad^Wgh-speed, low noise, tt/2.98/tt 
gain stable 

±15V chopper stabilized 3.77/4.21 

±15V chopper stabilized with clamped 4.21 /557 
output and INT/EXT clock option 

±15V chopper stabilized with internal caps 4.80/5.29 

High-speed,micropower; lOV/us slew rate 1.98 

High-speed,micropower; 48V/us slew rate 2.75 

Low Vos 4 drift, micropower, 3.68 
single supply, input/output extend 
to negative rail 

5 A peak power op amp 18.98 



High-speed, low noise, 3nV/VHz precision tt 

Programmable quiescent current 1 .58 

Programmable quiescent current, 1 .81 
rail-to-rail input and output 

External compensation 0.95 

Programmable quiescent current, 1.62 
extended CMVR 

Dual, low Ibias & Ios 1.55/1 .48 

Tripleopamp, programmable quiescent 2.27/2.12 
current-ICL/632 is externally compensated 

Quad 1.70/1.91 

Industry-standard chopper stabilized 2.39 

Low noise, industry-standard, chopper 3.06 

stabilized 



* External 39pF compensation capacitor added. 

' Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
H Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Part 
Number 



















Unity 


Supply 


Vos 


TCVos 


Ibias 


GBW 


Voltage 


(uV max) 


(uV/X max) 


(nA max) 


(MHz) 




15 to 60 


0.6 to 1 


2to4 


0.8 

75 (Av > 2) 


±3 to +18 


40 to 80 


0.8 to 1 


90tol80 


25 to 150 


0.6 to 2.5 


2tol2 


0.6 


±3to±18 


25 to 100 


0.6 to 1.8 


40 to 80 


8 


±3 to ±18 


25 to 100 


0.6 to 1.8 


40to80 


63(Av>5) 


±3 to ±18 


150 to 450 


2to5 


15 to 25 


0.020 


±0.8 to ±18 
±1.6 to ±36 


lmV 


6typ 


0.1 typ 


5 


a?15 



Op Amps (contir 



Supply 
Current 
(mA max) Features 



Pr 
10 




y-standard precision 
) 10.5 Lowest noise, high-speed 
4 Industry-standard precision 

4.6 to 5.6 Industry-standard low noise 
4.6 to 5.6 Industry-standard low noise 
1 5 to 20u A Industry-standard micropower 

27 (Ice) 



56 



Compar 



Part 






Latched 


Supply Current Tpd 




10 


Number 


# Comps 


Logic 


Outputs 


(mA max) 


(nstyp) 


Features 


($) 


HIGHSPEED 


MAX900 


4 


TTL 


Yes 


15 (Ice) 


8.0 


Single +5V capability, low power, CMVR 


7.C 














extends to neg. rail, separate analog k 
















digital supplies, internal pull-up resistors 




MAX901 


4 


TTL 


No 


15 (Ice) 


8.0 


MAX900 without output latch 


5.5 


MAX902 


2 


TTL 


Yes 


8 (Ice) 


8.0 


DualMAX900 


4.( 


MAX903 


1 


TTL 


Yes 


4 (Ice) 


8.0 


Single MAX900 


3.1 


MAX905 


. 1 


ECL 


Yes 


24 (W 


1.8 


Edge-triggered master/ slave architecture 


3..' 














eliminates oscillations and resolves 
















3m V input voltages 




MAX906 


2 


ECL 


Yes 


48 (lee) 


1.8 


DualMAX905 


5.: 


MAX907 


2 


TTL 


No 


475|xA/comp. 


30 


High speed, ultra low power, single +5V, 


t+ 














8-pin DIP/SO, 2mV hysteresis 




MAX908 


4 


TTL 


No 


475uA/comp. 


30 


High speed, ultra low power, single +5V, 


t+ 














14-pin DIP/SO, 2mV hysteresis 




MAX910 


1 


TTL 


Yes 


30 (Ice) 


8.0 


TTL-compatible, 8-bit digitally programmable 


5.: 














input voltage threshold, on-board reference 




MAX911 


1 


ECL 


Yes 


30 (Ice) 


4.0 


MAX910 with differential ECL outputs 


5.: 


MAX9685 


1 


ECL 


Yes 


32 (lee) 


1.3 


Higher speed industry-standard 


3.: 


MAX9686 


1 


TTL 


Yes 


25 (Ice) 


6.0 


Higher speed industry -standard 


2.: 


MAX9687 


2 


ECL 


Yes 


68 (lee) 


1.4 


Higher speed industry-standard 


5/ 


MAX9690 


1 


ECL 


No 


32 (lee) 


1.3 


8-lead PDIP/SO 


3.: 


MAX9698 


2 


TTL 


Yes 


50 (Ice) 


6.0 


Higher speed industry-standard 


3.! 


SPECIAL 

















Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



ro 





















Unity 






Output 


Supply 






Prl 


Part 


GBW 


Slew Rate 


Vos 


Current 


Voltage 


Ibias 




10 


Number 


(MHz) 


(V/ns) 


(mV max) 


(mAmax) 


(V) 


(nA max) 


Features 


m 


VIDEO AMPLIFIERS 


MAX404 


80(Av>2) 


500 


8 


50 


±5 


3uA 


Broadcast-quality video op amp. 


2.6 














0.01 70.05% diff phase/gain, 


















symmetrical inputs, 70dB CMRR, 


















66dBAv<x 




MAX408/428/448 


100(Av>3) 


90 


6tol2 


50/amp. 


±5 


l.luA 


Single/dual/quad op amps, 


3.0 
















high output drive 




MAX452 


50 


300 


5 


14 


±5 


10 


Unity-gain stable, drives 7511 coax cable 


2.4 


MAX457 


70 


300 


5 


15 


±5 


1 


Dual, unity-gain stable, drives 75£1 


4.4 
















coax cable 




VIDEO BUFFERS 


MAX405 


180 


650 


4 


60 




2uA 


Broadcast quality, 


4.2 
















0.99V/ V gain guaranteed over temp, 
















0.01 70.03% diff phase/gain 




MAX460 


140 


1500 


5 to 10 


100 


±15 


0.05 to 0.1 


FET input, EL2005, LH0033 upgrade 


19. 


LH0033 


100 


1400 to 1500 


5to20 


100 


±15 


0.1 to 0.5 


FET input, improved industry-standard 


13.i 


LH0063/BB3553 


300 


2000 


25 to 50 


200 


±15 


0.2 to 0.5 


FET input, industry-standard 


23. 



VIDEOMULTIP1 



MAX440 
MAX441 

MAX442 

MAX453 
MAX454 
MAX455 




160 

U0(Av2:2) 

160 

50 
50 
50 



370 

370 

300 
300 
300 



10 
10 



5 
5 
5 



24 ±5 2uA Video amp with 8-channel mux, 

0.0370.04% diff phase/gain, 15ns switch 
time, high-Z output state 

24 ±5 2|iA Video amp with 4-channel mux, 

0.03 70.04% diff phase/gain, 15ns switch 
time 

24 ±5 2|iA Video amp with 4-channel mux, 15ns 

switch time, 8-pin DIP/SO 
10 Video amp with 2-channel video mux 

10 Video amp with 4-channel video mux 

10 Video amp with 8-channel video mux 



14 ±5 
14 ±5 
14 ±5 



8.9 



5.9i 



4.4 

3.9 
5.2 
8.7! 



Unity 

Part GBW 
Number (MHz) 


Slew Rate 

(V/us) 


Vos 

(mV max) 


OFF Isolation 
(dBat5MHz) 


Crosstalk 
(dB at 5MHz) 


Features 


r. 

<*) 


VIDEO CROSSPOINT SWITCH 


MAX456 35 


250 


5 


80 


70 


8x8 crosspoint switch array with 8 output 
buffers, three-state capability 


19. 



f Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
n Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



AMPLIFIERS 

i : 



PRECISION 



HIGH SPEED 



ro 

■ 

on 



LOW 




PROG. 




LOW 




LOW 


VOS 




GAIN 




IB 




NOISE 



BIPOLAR 



BANDWIDTH 



PGA100 



MAX400 

* MAX427 

* MAX437 
MAX 430 
OP07 
OP27 
OP37 
OP90 
LT1001 
LT1028 



MAX406 (<lpA) 

* MAX407 (< lpA, 

* MAX409(<lpA) 



CHOPPER 



MAX421 
MAX422 
MAX423 



MAX421 
MAX422 
MAX423 
MAX430 
MAX432 
ICL761X 
ICL762X 
ICL763X 
ICL764X 
IC17650 
ICL7652 



MAX4O0 
dual) * MAX412 (dual MAX410) 

* MAX410 (<2.4nV/VHz) 

* MAX414(quadMAX410) 

* MAX427 

* MAX437 
OP07 
OP27 
OP37 
LT10O1 
LT1028 



r 

MAX432 (infernal caps) 
ICL7650 



ICL7652 



MAX402 (2 10MHz) 
MAX403 (2-10MHz) 

* MAX404 (80MHz) 
MAX408 (100MHz) 

* MAX410 (28MHz) 

* MAX412 (dual MAX410) 

* MAX414 (quadMAX410) 
MAX428 (dual. 100MHz) 

* MAX438 

<6MHz,IQ = 75uA) 

* MAX439 

(25MHz,IQ = 375uA> 

MAX448 (quad.lOOMHz) 
MAX452 (50MHz) 
MAX457 (dual 70MHz) 
BB3554 (1700MHz GBW) 
OP37 (63MHz) 
LT1028 (75MHz) 



LOW POWER 



SPECIAL 



MAX405 

(high acc, buffer) 

* MAX440 

(160MHz 8-ch mux/amp) 

* MAX441 

(160MHz 4-ch mux/amp) 

* MAX442 

(160MHz 2-ch mux/amp) 

MAX453 

(50MHz mux/amp) 
MAX454 

(50MHz mux/amp) 
MAX455 

(50MHz mux/amp) 
MAX456 

(video crosspoint switch) 
MAX460 (buffer) 
BB3553 (buffer) 
LH0033 (buffer) 
LH0063 (buffer) 
LH0101 (power amp) 



MAX 402 
MAX 403 
MAX406(luA) 

* MAX409 (luA) 
MAX422 
MAX423 
MAX432 

* MAX438 

(6MHz,IQ = 75uA) 

* MAX439 

(25MHz,IQ = 375uA) 

MAX480 
OP90 

ICL761X 
ICL762X 
1CL763X 



* New product since the p 



SI 



IAL 



★ MAX516 

(quad, programmable VTH) 



COMPARATORS 



HIGH-SPEED COMPARATORS 



TTL OUTPUT 



MAX900 (quad, single supply) 
MAX901 (quad, single supply) 
■k MAX902 (dual, single or dual supply) 

★ MAX903 (single or dual supply) 

★ MAX 907 (dual, single supply, low power) 

★ MAX908 (quad, single supply, low power) 

★ MAX910 (programmable VTH) 
MAX9686 

MAX9698 (dual) 



ZZL 



ECL OUTPUT 



★ MAX905 (master/slave, clocked) 
MAX906 (dual, master/ slave, clocked) 

★ MAX911 (programmable VTH) 

★ MAX9686 (dual, master/slave, clocked) 
MAX9685 

MAX9687(dual) 
ft4AX9690 



* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



Active i 



■ 

















Part Numb* 


tt Description 


FIHer 
Type- 


rlltt 
Ord 


t 

w" Class 


Cutoff -Frequency Range 


Program Method 


MAX270 


Dual, lowpass 
* 


CH 


4 


Continuous 


l.OkHzto 25kHz 


uP bus/pin strap 


MAX271 


Dual + T/H, lowpass 



CH 


4 


Continuous 


l.OkHzto 25kHz 


uP bus/pin strap 


MAX274 


Quad, band/lowpass 


BT, BL, CH 


8 


Continuous 


lOOHzto 150kHz 


Resistor 


MAX275 


Dual, band/lowpass 


BT, BL, CH 




Continuous 


lOOHzto 300kHz 


Resistor 


MF10 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


0.1Hz to 30kHz 


Resistor 


MAX260 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


0.01 Hz to 7.5kHz 


uPbus 


MAX261 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


0.40Hz to 57kHz 


uPbus 


MAX262 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


l.OOHzto 140kHz 


uPbus 


MAX263 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


0.40Hz to 57kHz 


Pin strap 


MAX264 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


l.OOHzto 140kHz 


Pin strap 


MAX265 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


0.40Hz to 57kHz 


Pin /resistor 


MAX266 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


l.OOHzto 140kHz 


Pin/resistor 


MAX267 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


0.40Hz to 57kHz 


Pin strap 


MAX268 


Dual, biquad 


Universal 


4 


Switched capacitor 


l.OOHzto 140kHz 


Pin strap 


MAX280 


Single, lowpass 


BT 


5 


Switched capacitor 


DC to 20kHz 


Clock, resistor, capadto 


MAX281 


Single, lowpass 


BL 


5 


Switched capacitor 


DC to 20kHz 


Clock, resistor, ca pa cite 


MAX291 


Single, lowpass 


BT 


8 


Switched capacitor 


0.1Hz to 25kHz 


Clock 


MAX292 


Single, lowpass 


BL 


8 


Switched capacitor 


O.lHzto 25kHz 


Clock 


MAX293 


Single, lowpass 


ET 


8 


Switched capacitor 


O.lHzto 25kHz 


Clock 


MAX294 


Single, lowpass 


ET 


8 


Switched capacitor 


O.lHzto 25kHz 


Clock 


MAX295 


Single, lowpass 


BT 


8 


Switched capacitor 


0.1Hzto 50kHz 


Clock 


MAX296 


Single, lowpass 


BL 


8 


Switched capacitor 


O.lHzto 50kHz 


Clock 


MAX297 


Single, lowpass 


ET 


8 


Switched capacitor 


O.lHzto 50kHz 


Clock 


LTC1062 


Single, lowpass 


BT 


5 


Switched capacitor 


DC to 20kHz 


Clock, resistor, capacitc 

















* BT = Butterworth, BL = Bessel, CH = Chebyshev, EL = Elliptic, Universal = All Filter Types 
" Order level achieved by cascading all filters in package. 

* Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
** Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



1 



UNIVERSAL 



HP PROG. 



MAX260 

(dual/7.5kHz/2P) 

MAX261 

(dual/57kHz/2P) 

MAX262 

(dual/140kHz/2P) 



PIN PROG. 



MAX263 

(dual/57kHz/2P) 

MAX264 

(dual/140kHz/2P) 



ACTIVE FILTERS 



SWITCHED-CAPACITOR 
FILTERS 



1— RESISTOR PROG 



MAX26S 

(dual/57kHz/2P) 

MAX266 

(dual/140kHz/2P) 
MF10 

(dual/30kHz/2P) 



1 



CONTINUOUS 
FILTERS 



BANDPASS PIN PROG. 



CLK PROG. LOWPASS 



MAX267 (dual/57kHz/2P) 
MAX268 (dual/140kHz/2P) 



MAX280 (20kHz/5P) 
MAX281 (20kHz/5P) 

* MAX291 (25kHz/8P) 

* MAX292 (25kHz/8P) 

* MAX293 (25kHz/8P) 

* MAX294 (25kHz/8P) 

* MAX29S (50kHz/ 8P) 

* MAX296 (50kHz/8P) 

* MAX297 (50kHz/8P) 
LTC1062 (20kHz/5P) 



NOTE: #P = Number of poles (e.g. 4P = 4 poles = 4th order) 

* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



LOWPASS 2nd ORDER 



MAX270 (dual/l-25kHz/2P) 
MAX271 (dual/l-25kHz/2P) 



L LOWPASS/BANDPASS 



MAX274 (quad/200kHz/2P) 
MAX275 (dual/400kHz/2P) 



Voltage References 



Part 
Number 


Voltage 


Temp. 
Drift 

(ppm/'C 
max) 


Initial Accuracy 
Ta = +25'C 
(%F.S. max) 


Quiescent 
Current 
(m A max) 


Noise 
0.1HI-10HZ 
(uVp-p) 
max (typ) 


Package 
Options 1 


Temp. 
Range 2 


Features 


Pricet 
1000-up 

(*) 


ICL8069 


1.2 


10 to 100 


2 


0.05 


5(10Hz-10kHz) 


TO-52, TO-92, SO* 


C,M,E 


Micropower two-terminal reference 


0.98 


MAX872 


25 


40 


0.2 


0.010 


(60) 


DIP, SO 


C,E 


Vcc = Vout+,2V 


2.14 


MX580 


2.5 


10 to 85 


0.4 to 3 


1.5 


(60) 


TO-52, SO" 


CM 


Low-drift bandgap reference 


2.71 


MX584 


2.5 


5 to 30 


0.05 to 0.3 


1 


(501 


TO-99, DIP, SO, CERDIP 


C, M 


Low-drift, programmable reference 


3.09 


MAX874 


4.096 


40 


0.2 


0.010 


(60) 


DIP, SO 


C, E 


Vcc = Vout +,2V 


2.14 


MAX675 


5.0 


12 to 20 


0.15 


1.4 


15 


DIP, SO, TO-99, CERDIP 


C,E,M 


Low-drift, low-noise bandgap reference 


3.40 


MX584 


5.0 


5 to 30 


0.05 to 0.3 


1 


(50) 


TO-99, DIP, SO, CERDIP 


C,M 


Low-drift, programmable reference 


3.09 


REF02 


5.0 


8.5 to 250 


0.3 to 2 


1.4 


15 


DIP, SO, TO-99, CERDIP 


CM 


Low-drift bandgap reference 


2.09 


MX584 


7.5 


5 to 30 


0.05 to 0.3 


1 


(50) 


TO-99, DIP, SO, CERDIP 


CM 


Low-drift, programmable reference 


3.09 


MAX670 


10.0 


3 to 10 


0.025 


14 


50 


SB Ceramic 


E,M 


Kelvin connected, ultra-low drift reference 


32.78 


MAX671 


10.0 


1 to 10 


0.01 


14 


50 


SB Ceramic 


C,E,M 


Kelvin connected, ultra-low drift reference 


31.84 


MAX674 


10.0 


12 to 20 


0.15 


1.4 


30 


DIP, SO, TO-99, CERDIP 


C,E,M 


Low-drift, low-noise bandgap reference 


3.40 


MX581 


10.0 


5 to 30 


0.05 to 0.3 


1 


(50) 


TO-39,SO"* 


CM 


Low-drift bandgap reference 


3.07 


MX584 


10.0 


5 to 30 


0.05 to 0.3 


1 


(50) 


TO-99, DIP, SO, CERDIP 


CM 


Low-drift, programmable reference 


3.09 


MX2700 


10.0 


3 to 10 


0.025 to 0.05 


14 


(50) 


SB Ceramic 


I,M 


Ultra-low drift voltage reference 


17.60 


MX2710 


10.0 


lto5 


0.01 


14 


(30) 


SB Seramic 


C 


Ultra-low drift voltage reference 


22.20 


REF01 


10.0 


8.5 to 65 


0.3 to 1 


1.4 


30 


DIP, SO, TO-99, CERDIP 


C,M 


Low-drift bandgap reference 


2.21 


MX2701 


-10.0 


3 to 10 


0.025 to 0.05 


14 


(50) 


SB Ceramic 


I,M 


Ultra-low drift voltage reference 


21.56 























* The ICL8069 is available in a 2-pin TO-52 and TO-92 package, or an 8-pin SO package. 
" The MX580 is avilable in a 3-pin TO-52 and 8-pin SO package. 
*" The MX581 is available in a 3-pin TO-39 and 8-pin SO package. 

1 Package Options: DIP = Dual-in-Line Package, PLCC = Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (quad pack), FP = Flat Pack 

2 Temp Ranges: C = - C to +70"C, I = -25 - C to +85 - C E = -40 - C to +85 - C M = -55'C to +125'C 

f Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 




REFERENCES 



VOLTAGE OUT 



1.2 VOLTS 



2.5 VOLTS 



ICL8069 ★ MAX872 

(10-100ppm/°C) (IQ = 10uA, 
40ppm/°C) 

MX580 

(10-85ppm/°C) 

MX584 

(5-30ppm/°C) 



4.0 VOLTS 



★ MAX874 

(IQ = 10uA, 
40ppm/°C) 



5.0 VOLTS 



7.5 VOLTS 



MAX675 

(12-20ppm/°C) 

MX584 

(5-30ppm/°C) 

REF02 

(8.5-250ppm/°C) 



MX584 

(5-30ppm/°C) 



10.0 VOLTS 



-10.0 VOLTS 



MAX670 

(3-10ppm/°C) 

MAX671 

(l-10ppm/°C) 

MAX674 

(12-20ppm/°C) 

MX2700 

(3-10ppm/°C) 

MX2710 

(l-5ppm/°C) 

MX581 

(5-30ppm/°C) 

MX584 

(5-30ppm/°C) 

REF01 

(8.5-65ppm/°C) 



MX2701 

(3-10ppm/°C) 



★ New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 







General-Purpose A/D Convei 



Part 
Number 


Resolution 
(Bits) 


Conversion 
Time 
(us max) 


Input 
Channels 


Sample Rate 
(kHz max) 


Reference 
Voltage" 

(V) 


Data-Bus 
Interface 
(Bits) 


Supply 
Voltage 

(V) 


Input 
Ranges 

(V) 


Features 


Price 
1000- 

($) 


MAX153 


8 


0.660 




1000 


E 


uP/8 


+5&±5 


+5, ±2.5 


High-speed A/D with powerdown 


tt 


MX7821 


8 


0.660 


j 


1000 


E 


uP/8 


+5&±5 


+5, ±2.5 


Complete A/D with T/H 


754 


MAX150 


8 


134 




500 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Complete A/D with T/H and ref 


7.96 






ATXflKO 


8 
8 


134 
138 




500 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7820 


7.93 




400 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Complete A/D with T/H 


7.16 


MAX154 


8 


2 


4 


300 


E/1/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


4-Ch A/D with T/H and ref 


836 


MAX158 


8 


2 




300 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


8-Ch A/D with T/H and ref 


8.76 




8 


2 




300 




uP/8 


+5 


+5 




833 


MX7828 


8 


2 




300 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7828 


8.73 


MAX155 


8 


3.8 




250 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+2.5, ±2.5 


8-Ch simultaneous T/H and ref 


10.00 


MAY1 % 


8 


3.8 




250 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+ 5 


+2.5 ±2.5 


t ^ — 1 1 diiiiuiidiit^jud l / n aiiu ili 


8.85 


MAX160 


8 


4 






E 


uP/8 


+5 


+10, ±5 


Ratiometric, single-supply A/D 


7.20 


MAX165 


8 


5 




200 


E/I/+1.23 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


4.99 


MAX166 


8 


5 




200 


E/I/+1.23 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Differential input complete A/D 


4.99 


MX7575 


8 






200 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 




3.74 




8 


10 


1 




E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Ptno-in rpnlafY*mpnl' for AF)7S7r> 

1 ILlt 11 1 i CL/ldtXlllClll 1UI 1\LS/ *Jf \J 


332 


MX7574 


8 


15 






E 


uP/8 


+5 


+10, ±5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7574 


4.80 


MAX161 


8 


20 






E 


uP/8 


+5 


+10 


8-Ch A/D with RAM buffer 


11.12 


MX7581 


8 


66.6 






E 


uP/8 


+5 


+10 


Plug-in replacement for AD7581 


11. Of 


MAX151 


10 


23 




300 


E/I/+4.0 


uP/10 


±5 


+5 


Sampling A/D with ref 


12.65 


MAX173 


10 


5 




• 


I/-5.25 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


Complete with ref 


7.01 


MAX177 


10 


833 




100 


I/-5.25 


MP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+2.5 


Sampling A/D with ref 


7.96 


MAX120 


12 


1.6 




500 


I/-5.0 


uP/12 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


High-speed complete sampling A/D 


tt 


MAX122 


12 


2.6 




333 


I/-5.0 


uP/12 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


High-speed complete sampling A/D 


tt 


MX578 


12 


3 






E/I/+10.0 


Logic 


+5 & ±15 


±10 


With parallel /serial outputs 


88.7 


MAX162 


12 


3.25 






I/-5.25 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


High-speed A/D with internal ref 


19.21 


MAX183 


12 


3.25 




— '- 


E 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5, ±5, +10 


High-speed A/D with external ref 


15.01 




MX7672-03 


12 


3.25 






E 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12 


+5, ±5, +10 


Plug-in replacement for AD7672-03 


5731 


MAX176 


12 


3.5 




250 


I/-5.0 


Serial 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


8-pin miniDIP 


tt 


MAX170 


12 


5; 






I/-5.25 


Serial/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


8-pin miniDIP 


11.9 


MAX171 


12 
12 


5 


'{■MP 




I/-5.25 


Serial/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


Opto-isolated 


207 


MAX184 


5 


1 




E 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-16 


+5/±5/+10 


High-speed A/D with external ref 


13.7 



* E = external reference, I = internal reference 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. 

tt Future product- contact factory for pricing and avaaability. 



International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 



General-Purpose A/D Converters (contin 







Conversion 




Reference 


Data-Bus 


Supply 


Input 




Prk 


Part 


Resolution 


Time Input 


Sample Rate 


Voltage* 










100 


Number 


(Bit.) 


(us max) Channel 


i (kHz max) 


00 


(Bits) 


(V) 


(V) 


Features 


(*) 


MX7572-05 


12 


5 1 


- 


I/-5.25 


uP/8/12 


+5&-15 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7572-05 


20.0 


MX7672-05 


12 


5 1 


- 


E 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12 


+5, ±5, +10 


Plug-in replacement for AD7672-05 


33.6 


MAX186 


12 


75 8 


133 


E/I/+4.096 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5,12.5 


7m W, lOuA powerdown 


tt 


MAX187 


12 


75 1 


133 


E/I/+4.096 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


7mW, 8-pin package 


tt 


MAX188 


12 


75 8 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


MAX186 without reference 


tt 


MAX189 


12 


75 1 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2 5 


MAX187 without reference 


tt 


MAX191 


12 


75 1 


100 


E/I/+4.096 


uP/12/serial +5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


15mW, lOOuW powerdown 


tt 


MAX190 


12 


7.8 1 


100 


E/I/ +4.096 


uP/12/serial +5&±5 


+5 


Low-power sampling A/D with ref 


10.0 


MAX174 


12 


8 1 


- 


E/I/+10.0 


uP/8/12 


+5 & ±12/±15 


±5, ±10, +10, +20 


Upgrades for AD574A/ AD674A 


28.i: 


MAX163 


12 


833 1 


100 


I/-5.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


14.« 


MAX164 


12 


833 1 


100 


I/-5.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


14.41 


MAX167 


12 


833 1 


100 


I/-5.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


±2.5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


14.41 


MAX180 


12 


833 8 


100 


E/I/-5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&-12/-15 


+5, ±2.5 


Data-acquisition system 


17.01 


MAX181 


12 


833 6 


100 


E/I/-5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&-12/-15 


+5, ±2.5 


Data-acquisition system 


i7.a 


MAX172 


12 


10 1 


- 


I/-525 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


First lowest-cost complete A/D 


9.60 


MAX185 


12 


10.4 1 


_ 


E 


uP/8/12 


+54-12/-15 


+5, ±5, +10 


High-speed A/D with external ref 


n.a 


MX7672-10 


12 


10.4 1 






uP/8/12 


+54-12 


+5, ±5, +10 


Plug-in replacement for AD7672-05 


252! 


MX7572-12 


12 


12 1 




I/-525 


uP/8/12 


+5&-15 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7572-12 


14.0C 


MX674A 


12 


15 1 


- 


E/I/+10.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&±12/±15 


±5, ±10, +10, +20 


Plug-in replacement for AD574A 


23.44 


MX574A 


12 


£o 1 




C,/ 1/ + 1U.U 


uP/8/12 


+5&±12/±15 


XJ, IIU, +l\J, +ZU 


Plug-in replacement for AD674A 


110"/ 

1 1.7/ 


MAX178 


12 


50 1 


20 


E/I/+5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Calibrated to 1LSB, with T/H, ref 


1524 


MAX182 


12 


50 4 


20 


E/I/+5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Calibrated to 1LSB, with T/H, ref 


17.55 


MX7578 


12 


100 1 




E 


uP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7578 


16.96 


MX7582 


12 


100 4 




E 


uP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7582 


19.50 


MAX121 


14 


2.0 1 


400 


I/-5.0 


Serial 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


High-speed, complete sampling A/D 


tt 


















with DSP interface 




MAX168 


14 


3.5 1 


250 


E/I/+3.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&-5 


±3 


Complete sampling A/D 


tt 


MAX135 


15 + sign 


10ms 1 




E 


uP/8 


±5 


+0.5 


High-resolution A/D, <lmW 


8.00 


MAX132 


18 + sign 


10ms 1 




E 


Serial 


±5 


±0.5 


Serial high-resolution A/D, <lmW 


8.00 











































* E = external reference, I = internal reference 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product- contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Sampling AID Converters 

Conversion Reference Data-Bus Supply Input Price* 

Part Resolution Time Input Sample Rate Voltage* Interface Voltage Ranges 1000-up 



a... __a 

NUHIDOr 


/Rita* 

(□its) 


1 x im mov\ PhanrwsJi 

max) wnsnnvM 


\ ruii max/ 


(V) 


(Bits) 


(V) 


(V) 


Feature* 




MAX153 


8 


0.660 1 


1000 


E 


uP/8 


+5&±5 


+5, ±2.5 


High-speed A/D with powerdown 


tt 


MX7821 


a 



U.OOv 1 


1UUU 


c 
B 


■ iP /a 




+ J, iZ.J 


■^ompiete a/ u witn i/ti 


/.34 


MAX150 


8 


134 1 


500 


E/I/+23 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Complete A/D with T/H and ref 


7.96 


MA/OZU 




134 1 




p 

B 




. r 
+3 


+D 


Plug-in replacement for AD7820 


7 Ql 


Ai_A_UoZU 


a 
■ 


138 1 


inn 


■ 


nP /ft 


. c 
+3 


+3 


*»-ompiete a/ u witn i / ri 


7 1 A 
/.ID 


MAX154 


8 


Z 4 


inn 


C.f If +Z.J 


up /ft 


. r 
+i> 


+3 


4-ui A/uwitn i/rianarei 


Q Oat 


MAX158 


8 


1 fl 
i o 


inn 


17 /I / il C 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


A/U with l/Handrei 


8.76 


MX7824 


8 


1 A 


inn 


n 
fi 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7824 


833 


MX7828 


8 


2 8 


300 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


rlug-in replacement for AU/ozo 


8.73 


MAX155 


8 


3.8 8 


250 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+2.5, ±2.5 


8-Ch simultaneous T/H and ref 


10.00 


MAX156 


Q 




*a a a 


icn 
Z3U 




UP/8 


+5 


+2.5, ±23 


4-(_n simultaneous I /ri and ret 


8.85 


MAA103 


a 

o 


C 1 

j i 


200 


F /T /4-1 91 

n/ 1/ tin 


uP/8 


+5 


+3 


v_ompieie sampling a/ u wim rei 


A OO 

1.77 


MAXloo 


■ 



5 1 


inn 
zuu 


F/T/+1 91 


uP/8 


+5 


+3 


L/iiierentiai mput complete a/ u 


A 00 


MX7575 


■ 


d 1 


200 


fc. 


uP/8 


+ 5 


_t5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7575 


3.74 


MAX151 


in 

1U 


Z.D 1 


inn 


E/ 1/ -H*.U 


uP/10 


±5 




sampling A/u witn ret 


12.67 


MAX177 


1U 




inn 

1UU 


1/-3.Z:> 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


£2.5 


sampling a/ u witn ret 


7 OaC 

/.yo 


MAX120 


11 


1 £ 1 
1.0 1 


Bm 
5UU 


T/ en 


uP/12 


+5 & -12/15 


33 


High-speed complete sampling A/D 


tt 


MAX 122 


12 


2.6 1 


111 


I/-5.0 


uP/12 


+5&-12/-15 


15 


High-speed complete sampling A/D 


tt 


MAX176 


12 


33 1 


250 


I/-5.0 


Serial 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


8-pin mini DIP 


tt 


MAX186 


12 


7.5 8 


133 


E/I/ +4.096 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


7mW, lOuA powerdown 


tt 


MAX187 


12 


7.5 1 


133 


E/I/ +4.096 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


7m W, 8-pin package 


tt 


MAX188 


12 


73 8 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


MAX186 without reference 


tt 


MAX189 


12 


73 1 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


MAX187 without reference 


tt 


MAX191 


12 


73 1 


100 


E/I/ +4.096 


uP/12/serial +5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


15mW, lOOuW powerdown 


tt 


MAX190 


12 


73 1 


100 


E/I/ +4.096 


uP/12/serial +S&±5 


+5 


Low-power sampling A/D with ref 


10.00 


MAX163 


12 


833 1 


100 


I/-5.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


+5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


14.40 


MAX164 


12 


833 1 


100 


I/-5.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


14.40 


MAX167 


12 


833 1 


100 


I/-5.0 


uP/8/12 


+5&-12/-15 


±2.5 


Complete sampling A/D with ref 


14.40 


MAX180 


12 


8.33 8 


100 


E/I/-5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&-12/-15 


+5, ±2.5 


Data-acquisition system 


17.00 


MAX181 


12 


833 6 


100 


E/I/-5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&-12/-15 


+5, ±2.5 


Data-acquisition system 


17.00 


MAX178 


12 


50 1 


20 


E/I/ +5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Calibrated to 1LSB, with T/H, ref 


1524 


MAX182 


12 


50 4 


20 


E/I/ +5.0 


UP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Calibrated to 1LSB, wim T/H, ref 


17.55 


MAX121 


14 


2.0 1 


400 


I/-5.0 


Serial 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


High-speed, complete sampling A/D 


tt 


















with DSP interface 




MAX168 


14 


3.5 1 


250 


E/I/+3.0 


HP/8/16 


+5&-5 


±3 


Complete sampling A/D 


tt 



* E = external reference, I = internal reference 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product- contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Multi-Channel A/D Converters 







Pnni/orcinn 






Reference 


uaia-Dus 


Supply 


Input 




Privet 


Part 


Resolution 


Time 


Input 


Sample Rate 


Voltage* 


Interface 


Voltage 


Ranges 




1000-up 


Number 


(Bits) 


(us max) 


Channels 


(kHz max) 


(V) 


(Bits) 


(V) 


(V) 


Features 


($) 


MAX154 


8 


2 


4 


300 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


4-Ch A/D with T/H and ref 


8.36 


MAX158 


8 


2 


8 


300 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


8-Ch A/D with T/H and ref 


8.76 


MX7824 


8 


2 


4 


300 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7824 


8.33 


MX7828 


8 


2 


8 


300 


E 


uP/8 


+5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7828 


8.73 


MAX155 


8 


3.8 


8 


250 


E/I/+2.5 


uP/8 


+5 


+2.5, ±2.5 


8-Ch simultaneous T/H and ref 


10.00 


MAX156 


8 


3.8 


4 


250 


E/1/+2.5 


UP/8 


+5 


+2.5, ±2.5 


4-Ch simultaneous T/H and ref 


8.85 


MAX161 


8 


20 


8 




E 


uP/8 


+5 


+10 


8-Ch A/D with RAM buffer 


11.12 


MX7581 


8 


66.6 


8 




E 


uP/8 


+5 


+10 


Plug-in replacement for AD7581 


11.08 


MAX186 


12 


7.5 


8 


133 


E/I/+4.096 


Serial 


+5/15 


+5, ±2.5 


7mW, lOuA powerdown 


tt 


MAX188 


12 


7.5 


8 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


MAX186 without reference 




MAX180 


12 


8.33 


8 


100 


E/I/-5.0 


uP/8/16 


+5 & -12/-15 


+5, ±2.5 


Data-acquisition system 


17.00 


MAX181 


12 


8.33 


6 


100 


E/I/-5.0 


(lP/8/16 


+5&-12/-15 


+5, ±2.5 


Data-acquisition system 


17.00 


MAX182 


12 


50 


4 


20 


E/I/+5.0 


MP/8/16 


+5&+15&-5 


+5 


Calibrated to 1LSB, with T/H, ref 


17.55 


MX7582 


12 


100 


4 




E 


uP/8/16 


+5& +15&-5 


+5 


Plug-in replacement for AD7582 


19.50 



Serial A/D Converters 





Part 
Number 


Resolution 
(Bits) 


Conversion 
Time 
(us max) 


Input 
Channels 


Sample Rate 
(kHz max) 


Reference 
Voltage* 

(V) 


Data-Bus 
Interface 
(Bits) 


Supply 
Voltage 

(V) 


Input 
Ranges 

(V) 


Features 


Price* 

1000-up 

($) 


MAX176 


12 


35 


1 


250 


I/-5.0 


Serial 


+5&-12/-15 




8-pin miniDIP 


++ 


MAX186 


12 


7.5 


8 


133 


E/I/+4.096 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


7mW, lOuA powerdown 


++ 


MAX187 


12 


7.5 


I 


133 


E/I/+4.096 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


7mW, 8-pin package 


tt 


MAX188 


12 


7.5 


8 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


MAX186 without reference 


tt 


MAX189 


12 


7.5 


t 


133 


E 


Serial 


+5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


M AX187 without reference 


tt 


MAX191 


12 


7.5 


1 


100 


E/I/+4.096 


uP/12/serial +5/±5 


+5, ±2.5 


15mW, lOOuW powerdown 


tt 


MAX190 


12 


7.8 


1 


100 


E/I/+4.096 


uP/12/serial +5&±5 


+5 


Low-power sampling A/D with ref 


10.00 


MAX121 


14 


2.0 


1 


400 


I/-5.0 


Serial 


+5&-12/-15 


±5 


High-speed, complete sampling A/D 
with DSP interface 


tt 


MAX132 


18 + sign 


10ms 


1 




E 


Serial 


±5 


±0.5 


Serial high-resolution A/D, <lmW 


8.00 

























* E = external reference, I = internal reference 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product- contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Integrating A/D Convi 



ro 

ro 
01 



Part 
Number 


Resolution 
(digits) (counts) 


Output 
Type 


Supply 
Voltage 

(V) 


lupply 
Current 
>nA) 


References 


Fea t u res 


MAX130 


31/2 


+2000 


LCD 


+4.5 to 14 


25 (0 \ ) 
**** \ ul > 


Band gap 


Replacement for ICL7106 


MAX131 


31/2 


±2000 


LCD 


+4.5 to 14 


.1 (0.06) 


Bandgap 


Replacement for ICL7136 


MAX 136 


31/2 


±2000 


LCD 


+9 


.15 (0.06) 


Band gap 


Hold function, low power 


MAX138 

1V1 /A /\ 1 JTO 


3 1/2 


±2000 


LCD 


+2.25 to 7 


'.8 (0.2) 




+ inputs with single supply 


ICL7106 


31/2 


±2000 


LCD 


+9 


.8 (0.6) 


Zener 


For digital multimeters 


ICL7116 


3 1/2 


±2000 


LCD 


+9 


.8 (0.8) 


Zener 


ICL7106 with display hold 


1CL71 7 6 


31/2 


±2000 


LCD 


j.Q 
+y 


1 1 (0 6) 


Zener 


Use ICL7136 for new designs 


ICL7136 


31/2 


±2000 


LCD 


+9 


u (0.06) 


Zener 


Low power/noise ICL7106 


MAX1.39 


31/2 


±2000 


LED 


+5 


1.8 (0.2) 


Bandgap 


± inputs with single supply 


MAX140 


31/2 


±2000 


LED 


+5 


(.8 (0.2) 


Bandgap 


Low segment current (2mA) 


ICL7107 


31/2 


±2000 


LED 


+9 


.8 (0.6) 


Zener 


For digital panel meters 


ICL7117 
ICL7137 


31/2 
31/2 


±2000 
±2000 


LED 
LED 


±5 
±5 


1.8 (0.8) 
).2 (0.06) 


Zener 
Zener 


ICL7107 with display hold 
Low power when LEDs off 


MAX133 


33/4 


±40,000 


MP 


^ KJ itti C 


).2(0.O9) 


External 


20 conv/sec, ±10jiV resolution 


MAX134 


33/4 


±40,000 


MP 


±5 


1.2(0.09) 


External 


20 conv/sec, ±10|iV resolution 


ICL7109 


12 bits + sign 


±4096 


8-/16-bitMP/UART 


±5 


L.5 (0.7) 


Zener 


3-state binary outputs 


1CL7129A 


41/2 


±20,000 


Triplexed LCD 


+9 
±5 


1.4(1.0) 


External 


Lowest noise ±3jjV 


ICL7135 


41/2 


+20,000 


Multiplexed BCD 


2.0(1.0) 


External 


For DMM, DPM, data loggers 


MAX135 


15 bits + sign 


±20,000 


MP/8 


a WTW38C 


1125(0.06) 


External 


3-state twos-complement outputs 


MAX132 


18 bits + sign 


±260,000 


Seria. M P 


— — 


0.125(0.06) 


External 


Serial low-power A/D 












■ 





















t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to locaduties, taxes, and exchange rates. 



A/D CONVERTERS 



I 



FAST CONVERSION 
(<100^is) 
(SEE SAR/FLASH A/Ds) 



SLOW CONVERSION 

(>50ms) 
(INTEGRATING A/Ds) 



I 



LCD DISPLAY 



LED DISPLAY 



8? 



MAX130 (31/2D,B/G) 

MAX131 (31/2D,D/G,L) 

MAX136 (31/2D,Z,L) 

MAX138 (31/2D,B/G,S/S) 

ICL7106 (31/2D,Z) 

ICL7116 (31/2D,Z,HOLD) 

ICL7126 (31/2D,Z,L) 
ICL7129A(41/2D) 

ICL7136 (31/2D,Z,L) 



MAX139 (3 1/2 D, B/G, S/S) 
MAX140 (3 1/2 D, B/G, S/S) 
ICL7107 (31/2D,Z) 
ICL7117 (3 1 /2 D, Z, HOLD) 
ICL7137 (31/2D,Z,L) 



MP INTERFACE 



★ MAX132 (±18 bit, serial ou 
MAX133 (±40,000 count, L) 
MAX134 (±40,000 count, L) 

* MAX135(±15bit) 
ICL7109(12bit,Z) 
ICL7135 (±20,000 count) 



NOTES: HOLD - Has display-hold input 
S/S - Has +5V single supply 
B/G - Has bandgap reference 
Z-Hasz 
L-Low 



n Product Guide. 



A/D CONVERTERS 



FAST CONVERSION (<100lis) 
(SAR/FLASH A/Ds) 



SLOW CONVERSION (>50ms) 
(SEE INTEGRATING A/Ds) 



8-BITS 



10-BITS 



SINGLE CHANNEL 



INTERNAL T/H 



MAX150 (134ns/ref) 

* MAX153 (0.66ns) 
MX7820 (134ms) 

* MX7821 (0.66ms) 
ADC0820 (138ms) 
MAX165 (5us/ref) 
MAX166 (5us/rei/diffin) 
MX7575 (5ms) 



INTERNAL T/H 



MAX151 (2.5Ms/re0 
MAX177(833Ms/reO 



EXTERNAL T/H 



MAX173(5Ms/ref) 



L EXTERNAL T/H 



MAX160 (4ms) 
MX7574 (15ms) 



MX7575 (5ms) 
* MX7576 (10ms) 



MULTI-CHANNEL 



INTERNAL T/H 



MAX154(2Ms/4-ch/re0 
MAX155(3us/8<h/ref) 
MAX15*(3Ms/4-ch/re0 



MAXlS«(2Ms/8-ch/ref) 
MX7824 (2us/4-ch) 
MX7828 (2|is/8-cM 



EXTERNAL T/H 



MAX161 (20ms/8-<Ji) 
MX7581 (67us/8-ch) 



* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



- SINGLE CHANNEL 



12-BITS 



INTERNAL T/H 



* MAX120(1.6Ms/ref) 

* N4AX122(2.6Ms/ref) 
MAX163 (10Ms/ref) 
MAXIM (10Ms/ref) 
MAXW7(10Ms/reO 

* MAX176 (3.5us/ref/ serial) 



MAX178 (50Ms/ref) 

* MAX187(7.5Ms/ref) 

* MAX189 (7.5ms) 

* MAX190(7.8MS/ref) 

* MAX191 (7.5Ms/ref) 



EXTERNAL T/H 



MAX162 (375Ms/ref) MXS78 (3Ms/ref) 
MAX170 (5us/ref/serial) MX674A (15Ms/ref) 
MAX171 (6Ms/ref/serial) MX7572-05 (5Ms/ref) 



MAX172 (10Ms/ref) 
MAX174 (8Ms/ref> 
MAX183 (3.25ms) 
MAX 184 (5ms) 
MAX185 (10ms) 
MX574A (25us/ref) 



MX7572-12 (12Ms/ref)) 
MX7578 (100ms) 
MX7S72-03 (3.25ms) 
MX7«72-0S(5ms> 
MX672-10 (10ms) 



MULTI-CHANNEL 



INTERNAL T/H 



MAX180 <833Ms/ref /8-ch) 
MAX181 (833Ms/re£/6-ch) 
MAX182(S0Ms/ref/4-ch) 



* MAX186(7.5Ms/ref) 

* MAX188 (7.5ms) 



EXTERNAL T/H 



MX7582(100Ms/4-ch) 



14-BITS 



INTERNAL T/H 



* MAX121 (2Ms/ref) 

* MAX168 (3.5Ms/ref) 



Single D/A Converters 

























Part 
Number 


Resolution 
(Bits) 


Output 
Type 1 


DACs in 
Package 


Reference2 


Settling 
Time 

■m 


Data-Bus 
Interface 
(Bits) 


Supply 

Voltage 3 

(V) 




Features 


Price* 
1000-up 

(» 


MAX7624 


8 


I 




MDAC 


0.25 


uP/8 


+12/+15 




Improved MX7524 


2.26 


MX7224 


8 


V 




Ext 


5.0 


IP/8 


+12/+15* 


t-5 


Single or dual supplies 


3.16 


MX7523 


a r 


I 




MDAC 


0.15 


Logic 
uP/8 


+15 




Low-cost 8-bit DAC 


2.60 


MX7524 


8 


I 




MDAC 


0.4 


+5/+15 




Low-cost 8-bit DAC 


2.52 


MX7520 


10 


I 




MDAC 


0.5 


Logic 


+15 




Low-cost 10-bit DAC 


2.80 



MX7530 
MX7533 



10 

JO 







I 
1 



1 

J 



MDAC 



0.5 
0.6 



Logic 
_Logic_ 



+15 
+15 



Low-cost 10-bit DAC 
Low-cost 10-bit DAC 



2.80 
2.84 



ro 



MAX501 
MAX502 
MAX507 
MAX508 
MAX543 
MAX7645 
MX566A 
MX565A 
MX7245 
MX7248 
MX7521 
MX7531 
MX7541 
MX7541A 
MX7542 
MX7543 
MX7545 
MX7545A 
MX7548 
MX7845 



12 
12 
12 
12 



12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 
12 



V 
V 
V 

. If 
I 

I 

1 

V 

V 
I 

1 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 

V 



1 



MDAC 
MDAC 
Int 
Int 

MDAC. 

MDAC 

Ext 

Int 

Int 

Int 

MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 



5.0 
5.0 
10.0 
10.0 
1.0 
1.0 
0.35 
0.25 
10.0 
10.0 
0.5 
0.5 
1.0 
0.6 
2.0 
2.0 
2.0 
1.0 
1.0 
5.0 



uP/8+4 ±12/±15 4-quadrant multiplying DAC 5.65 

u.P/12 ±12/±15 4-quadrant multiplying DAC 5.65 

uP/12 ±15/±12 Complete 12-bit DAC with reference 7.65 

uP/8+4 +15/+12 Complete 12-bit DAC with reference 7.65 

Serial +5/+12/+15 12-bit multiplying DAC in 8-pin DIP 6.80 

uP/12 +15 Improved MX7545 5.60 

Logic -15 No built-in reference tt 

Logic +15&-15 With +10V buried-zener reference tt 

uP/12 ±15, +12/ +15 Single or dual supplies with reference 8.33 

uP/8+4 ±15,+12/+15 8-bit interface MX7245 8.33 

Logic +15 Low-cost 12-bit DAC 5.00 

Logic +15 Low-cost 12-bit DAC 5.08 

Logic +15 12-bit data bus 5.07 

Logic +15 12-bit data bus 5.72 

4-bit UP +5 4-bit data bus with latches 7.52 

Serial +5 Serial interface . 7.52 

uP/12 +5/+15 12-bit data bus with latches 5.00 

uP/12 +5/+15 Improved MX7545 6.03 

uP/8 +5/+12/+15 8-bit data bus with latches 6.06 

uP/12 ±15 4-range 4-quadrant multiply i ng DA C 6.26 



MX7534 
MX7535 
MX7536 
MX7538 



14 

2 

14 



I 



MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 
MDAC 



1.5 

IS 
1.5 
1.5 



uP/8 +12/+15 Double-buffered inputs 
uP/8/14 +12/+15 Double-buffered inputs 
uP/8/14 +12/+15 No external resistors needed 
uP/14 +12/+15 Low-cost 14-bit DAC 



13.37 
15.00 
14.66 
8.88 



V = voltage, I = current 

2 MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference 

3 "/" indicates "to" and "," indicates "or" 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Multiple D/A Converti 



Settling Data-Bus Supply Prl 



Part 


Resolution 


Output 


D ACs in 




Time 


Interface 


Voltage 3 




10 


Number 


(Bits) 


Type 1 


Package 


Reference; 


(u«) 


(Bite) 


(V) 


Features 


(*) 


DUAL 


MX7528 


8 


I 


2 


MDAC 


0.18 


uP/8 


+5/+15 


Data latches for both DACs 


3.7 


MX7628 


8 


I 


2 


MDAC 


035 


uP/8 


+12/+15 


Data latches for both DACs 


3.8 


MAX532 


12 


V 


2 


MDAC 


4.0 


Serial 


±12/±15 


16-pin DIP/SO 


tt 


MX7537 


12 


I 


2 


MDAC 


U 


uP/8 


+12/+15 


Dual DAC with 8-bit data bus 


11 


MX7547 


12 


I 


2 


MDAC 


U 


uP/12 


+12/+15 


Dual DAC with 12-bit data bus 


11 


MX7549 


12 


I 


2 


MDAC 


1.5 


uP/4 


+15 


Dual DAC with 4-bit data bus 


12 


QUAD 


MAX500 


8 


V 


4 


Ext 


4.0 


Serial 


+12/+15A-5 


Single or dual supplies 


5.5 


MAX505 


8 


V 


4 


MDAC 


6.0 


uP/8 


+5/15 


Double-buffered logic, separate reference inputs 


6.! 


MAX506 


8 


V 


4 


MDAC 


6.0 


uP/8 


+5/±5 


Single-buffered logic, single reference input 


6.1 


MX7225 


8 


V 


4 


Ext 


4.0 


uP/8 


+12/+15fc-5 


Double buffered 


14 


MX7226 


8 


V 


* 


Ext 


4.0 


uP/8 


+12/+15&-5 


single Dunerea 


11 


MAX514 


12 


I 


4 


MDAC 


1.0 


Serial 


+5/+15 


Quad current-output DACs, available in DIP /SO 


15 


MAX526 


12 


V 


4 


Ext 


3.0 


uP/8+4 


+12/+15&-5 


Quad voltage-output DACs, available in DIP/SO 


21 


MAX527 


12 


V 


4 


Ext 


3.0 


uP/8+4 


±5 


±5V version of MAX526 


21 


OCTAL 


MAX328 


8 


V 


8 


Ext 


5.0 


Serial 


+5/+15,+15&-5,+5&-15 


uP-selected buffered and unbuffered output 


6.' 


MAX529 


8 


V 


8 


Ext 


5.0 


Serial 


+5 


Single +5V supply MAXS28 


5.i 


MX7228 


8 


V 


8 


Ext 


5.0 


UP/8 


+5/+15&-5,+15 


Single or dual supplies 


24 



1 V = voltage, I = current 

2 MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference 

3 "/" indicates "to" and "," indicates "or" 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates, 
tt Future product -contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Serial D/A Conve 



Part 
Number 


Resolution 
(Bits) 


Output 
Current 
Voltage 1 


DACs In 
Package 


Reference 2 


Settling 
Time 


Data-Bus 
Interface 
(Bits) 


Supply 
Voltage 3 

(V) 


Features 


MAX500 


8 


V 


4 


Ext 


4.0 


Serial 


+12/+15&-5 


Single or dual supplies 


MAX528 


8 


V 


8 


Ext 


5.0 


Serial 


+5/+15, +15 & -5, +5 & -15 


uP-selected buffered and unbuffered output 


MAX529 


8 


V 


8 


Ext 


5.0 


Serial 


+5 


Single +5V supply MAX528 


MAX514 


12 


i 


4 


MDAC 


1.0 


Serial 


+5 


Quad current-output DACs, available in DIP/SO 


MAX532 


12 


V 


2 


MDAC 


4.0 


Serial 


±12/±15 


16-pin DIP/SO 


MAX543 


12 


I 


1 


MDAC 


1.0 


Serial 


+5/+12/+15 


8-pin AD7543 replacement 


MX7543 


12 


I 


1 


MDAC 


2.0 


Serial 


+5 


Serial interface 



5 V = voltage, I = current 

2 MDAC = 4-quadrant multiplying capability, Int = internal reference, Ext = external reference 

3 "/" indicates "to" and "," indicates "or" 

t Prices provided are for design guidance and are FOB USA. Intt 
tt Future product -contact factory for pricing and availability. 



D/A CONVERTERS 



SERIAL INPUT 

I 



PARALLEL INPUT 



8-BIT 



12-BIT 



8-BIT 



10-BIT 



12-BIT 



14-BIT 



VOUT 
MAX 500 (quad) 

★ MAX528 

(octal) 

* MAX529 

(octal) 



— VOUT 

* MAX532(dual 



IOUT 



* MAX514 (quad) 

MAX543 

(8-pin) 

MX7543 



- VOUT 

* MAX505(quad) 

★ MAX506(quad 
MX7224 
MX7225 (quad) 
MX7226 (quad) 
MX7228 



1 — I IOUT 
MX7520 
MX7530 
MX7533 



^IOUT 



MAX7624 
MX7523 
MX7524 
MX7528 (dual) 
MX7628 (dual) 



VOUT 

MAX501 (MDAC) 

* MAX502 (MDAC) 

* MAX507 (ref) 

* MAX508 (ref) 

* MAX526 (quad) 

* MAX527 (quad) 
MX7245 (ref) 
MX7248 (ref) 
MX7845 (MDAC) 



"—IOUT 
MX7534 
MX7S35 
MX7536 
MX7538 



1 — (IOUT 
MAX764S 



* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



MX7542 

MX565A (ref) MX7545 

MX566A MX7545A 

MX7521 MX7537(dual) 

MX7531 MX7547(dual) 

MX7541 MX7S48 

MX7541A MX7549 (dual) 



Analog Switches 







Plug-In 












Supply Current 


Pricel 


Part 




Replacement 


r DS(ON) 


ID(OFF) 


t(ON) 


•(OFF) 


Vil/Vih 


i+/i- 


1000-up 


Number 


Function 


for 


(n max) 


(n A max) 


(ns max) (ns max) 


(V) 


(mA max) 


($) 


MAX326 


4 SPST NC 


DG201A/211 


2500 


0.01 


1000 


500 


0.8/2.4 


0.25/0.1 


3.63 


MAX327 


4SPSTNO 


DG202/212 


2500 


0.01 


1000 


500 


0.8/2.4 


0.25/0.1 


3.63 


MAX331 


4 SPST NC 


DG201A/211 


175 


1 


600 


450 


0.8/2.4 


0.01/0.01 


6.73 


MAX332 


4 SPST NO 


DG202/212 


175 


1 


Ann 

hi 111 




0.8/2.4 


0.01/0.01 


6.73 


MAX333 


4SPDT 


DG211&DG212pair 


175 


5 


1000 


500 


0.8/2.4 


0.25/0.25 


4.47 


MAX334 


4 SPST NC 


DG201A/211/271 


50 


1 


100 


50 


0.8/3.0 


4.5/3.5 


3.20 


DG401 


2 SPST NO 


DG401,IH5041/5141 


35 


0.25 


150 


100 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


tt 


DG403 


2SPDT 


DG403.IH5043/5143 


35 


0.25 


150 


100 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


tt 


DG405 


2 DPST NO 


DG405, IH5045/5145 


35 


0.25 


150 


100 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


tt 


DG411 


4 SPST NC 


DG201A-2/211-12/411 


35 


0.25 


175 


145 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


2.96 


DG412 


4 SPST NO 


DG201A-2/21 1-12/412 


35 


0.25 


175 


145 


0.8/2.4 


n nni /n nni 


2.% 


DG413 


4 SPST 


DG413 


35 


0.25 


175 


145 


0.8/2.4 


0.001 /0.001 


2.96 


DG417 


SPSTNC 


DG417 


35 


0.25 


175 


145 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


++ 


DG418 


SPST NO 


DG418 


35 


0.25 


175 


145 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


++ 


DG419 


SPDT 


DG419 


35 


0.25 


175 


145 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


++ 


DG421 


2SPST 


DG421 


35 


0.25 


250 


200 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


++ 


DG423 


2SPDT 


DG423 




0.25 


250 


200 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


tt 


DG425 


2DPST 


nci?5 




0.25 


250 


200 


no/') j 

U.O/ £..1 


n nni /n nm 

U.UUJ /U.UUJ 


M| 


DG441 


4 SPST NC 


DG201A-202/441 


85 


0.5 


250 


120 


0.8/2.4 


0.1/0.001 


2.48 


DG442 


4 SPST NO 


DC201A-202/442 


85 


0.5 


250 


120 


0.8/2.4 


o.i/o.ooi 


2.63 


DC444 


4 SPSTNC 


DG211-212/444 


85 


0.5 


250 


120 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


1.19 


DG445 


4 SPST NO 


DC211-212/445 


85 


0.5 


250 


120 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


1.44 


DG200A 


2 SPSTNC 


DG200A 


70 


2 


1000 


500 


0.8/2.4 


0.3/0.01 


1.78 




















1.97 


DG201A 


4 SPSTNC 


DG201A 


175 


1 


600 


450 


0.8/2.4 


0.1/0.1 


DG202 


4 SPST NO 


DG202 


175 


1 


600 


450 


0.8/2.4 


0.1/0.1 


2.21 


DG211 


4 SPSTNC 


DG211 


175 




1000 


500 


0.8/2.4 


0.1/0.1 


1.47 


DG212 


4 SPST NO 


DG212 


175 


5 


1000 


500 


0.8/2.4 


0.1/0.1 


1.47 


DG300A 


2 SPSTNC 


DG300A 


50 


1 


300 


250 


0.8/4.0 


0.5/0.1 


2. IS 


DG301A 


SPDT 


DG301A 


50 


1 300 


250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.15 


DG302A 


2 DPST NC 


DG302A 


50 


; 




250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.78 


DG303A 


2 SPDT 


DG303A 


50 




250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.78 



-Continued on the next page- 



Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
** Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Analog Switches (continL 



Part 
Number 


Function 


Plug-In 
Replacement 


(u max) 


'D(OFF) 

(nA max) 


HUM J 

(ns max) 


(ns max) 


V|L/VlH 

(V) 


Supply Current 
I+/I- 

(m A max) 


Prlcot 
1000-u 
($) 


DG304A 


2SPSTNC 


DG304A 


50 


l 


250 


150 


3.5/11.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.42 


DG305A 


SPDT 


DG305A 


50 


l 


250 


150 


3.5/11.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.55 


DG306A 


2DPSTNC 


DG306A 


50 


1 


250 


150 


3.5/11.0 


0.1/0.1 


4.06 


DG307A 


2 SPDT 


DG307A 


50 


1 


250 


150 


3.5/11.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.78 


DG308A 


SPSTNO 


DG308A 


100 




200 


150 


3.1/11.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.16 


DG309 


SPSTNC 


DG309 


100 




200 


150 


3.5/11.0 


0.1/0.1 


2.16 


HI201 


4SPSTNC 


DG201A,HI201 


70 




400 


300 


0.8/2.4 


0.3/0.1 


2.00 


DG381A 


2 SPSTNO 


DG381A 


50 




300 


250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


3.24 


DG384A 


2DPDTNC 


DG384A 


50 




300 


250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


4.06 


DG387A 


SPDT 


DG387A 


50 




300 


250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


3.24 


DG390A 


2 SPDT 


DG390A 


50 




300 


250 


0.8/4.0 


0.1/0.1 


3.26 


IH5041 


2 SPST NC 


IH5041 


75 




400 


200 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


1.84 


IH5043 


2 SPDT 


IHS043 


75 




400 


200 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


2.36 


IH5045 


2DPSTNC 


IH5045 


75 




400 


200 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


2.44 


IH5047 


2DPSTNC 


IH5045 


75 




400 


200 


0.8/2.4 


0.001/0.001 


2.44 



Analog Multiple: 







Plug-In 








Analog-Signal 




Part 




Replacement 


rDS(ON) 


ID(OFF) 


t(ON)/t(OFF) 


Voltage Range 




Number 


Function 


for 


(0 max) 


(nA max) 


(us max) 


(V) 


Features 


MAX328 


l-of-8 


DG508 


2500 


0.02 


1 


±15 


Ultra-low leakage 


MAX329 


2-of-8 


DG509 


2500 


0.02 


1 


±15 


Ultra-low leakage 


MAX358 


l-of-8 


DG508,HI508A 


1500 


1.0 


0.5 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected to ±35V 


MAX359 


2-of-8 


DG509, HI509A 


1500 


1.0 


0.5 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected to ±35V 


MAX368 


l-of-8 


DG528 


1500 


2 


1.5/1.0 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected with latches to±35V 


MAX369 


2-of-8 


DG529 


1500 


1.0 


1.5/1.0 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected with latches to ±35V 


MAX378 


l-of-8 


DG508, HI508A 


3000 


1.0 


0.75/0.5 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected to±75V 


MAX379 


2-of-8 


DG509,HI509A 


3000 


1.0 


0.75/05 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected to ±75V 


MAX388 


l-of-8 


DG528,MAX368 


3000 


1.0 


1 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected with latches to±100V 


MAX389 


2-of-8 


DG529,MAX369 


3000 


1.0 


1 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Fault protected with latches to ±100V 



-Continued on the next page- 



+ Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
n Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



Analog Multiplexers (contirii 



Part 
Number 


Function 


Plug-In 

Replacement 

for 


TDS(ON) 
(£! max) 


ID(OFF) 
(nA max) 


t(ON)/t(OFF) 

(us max) 


A rial Qi final 
«i idiuy oiyiidi 

Voltage Range 

(V) 


Features 




1 
1 

( 


MX7501 


l-of-8 


AD7501 


300 


5 


1.5/1.0 


±15 


Industry standard 




5 


MX7502 


2-oM 


AD7502 


300 


3 


1.5/1.0 


±15 


Industry standard 




5 


MX7503 


l-of-8 


AD7503 


300 


5 


1.5/1.0 


±15 


Industry standard 




5 


MX7506 


l-of-16 


AD7506 


400 


5 


1.5/1.0 


±15 


Industry standard 




1 


MX7507 


2-of-16 


AD7507 


400 


5 


1.5/1.0 


±15 


Industry standard 




1 


DG406 


l-of-16 


DG406/506A 


100 


2 


0.2/0.15 


±15 


Industry standard 




t 


DG407 


2-of-16 


DG407/507A 


100 


2 


0.2/0.15 


±15 


Industry standard 




t 


DG408 


l-of-« 


DG408/508A 


100 


1 


0.225/0.150 


±15 


Industry standard 




t 


DG409 


Mf 


DG409/509A 


100 


1 


0.225/0.150 


±15 


Industry standard 




t 


DG506A 


l-of-16 


DG506A,HI506 


400 


5 


1.0/0.4 (typ) 


±15 


Industry standard 




4 


EX3507A 


2-of-16 


DG507A, HI507 


400 


5 


1.0/0.4 (typ) 


±15 


Industry standard 




4 


DG508A 


l-of-8 


DG508A. HI508 


300 


2 


1.0/1.7 


±15 


Industry standard 
Industry standard 




2 


DC509A 


2-of-B 


DG509A, HI509 


300 


2 


1.0/1.7 


±15 




2 


DG528 


l-of-8 


DG528 


400 


10 


1.5 


±15 


Industry standard 




3 


DG529 


2-of-8 


DG529 


400 


10 


1.5 


±15 


Industry standard 




3 


HI508A 


l-of-8 


HI508A 


1500 


2 


0.5 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Overvoltage 




5 


HI509A 


2-of-8 


HI509A 


1500 


2 


0.5 


-12.5 to +13.5 


Overvoltage 




5 


IH5108 


Use M AX358 (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 
















IH5208 


Use MAX359 (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 
















IH6108 


Use DG508A (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 
















IH6208 


Use DG509A (pin for pin 


compatible upgrade) 
















IH6116 


Use DG506A (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 
















IH6216 


Use DG5G7A (pin for pin 


compatible upgrade) 
















HI506 


Use DG506A (pin for pin 


compatible upgrade) 
















HI507 


Use DG507A (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 
















HI508 


Use DG508A (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 
















HI509 


Use DG509A (pin for pin compatible upgrade) 



































+ Prices provided are for design guidance only and are FOB USA. International prices will differ due to local duties, taxes, and exchange rates. 
tf Future product - contact factory for pricing and availability. 



ANALOG SWITCHES 



SPST 



SPDT 



25W 



tIH5048A 



351} 



* DG401 (dual) * DG413 (quad) 
*DG411(quad) t DG417 (single) 

* DG412 (quad) t DG418 (single) 

t DG421 (dual) 



40Q 



IHS048 (dual) 



IH5148 (dual) 



50Q 



MAX334 (quad) HI201 (quad) 

DG300A (dual) IH5140 

DG304A(dual) IHS141 (dual) 
DG381A(dual) 



75a 



MAX340 (±50V) DG200A (dual) 
MAX341(dual,±S0V) IH5O40 
MAX348(dual,±50V) IH5041 (dual) 



85a 



* DG441 (quad) 

★ DG442 (quad) 



* DG444 (quad) 
A DG445 (quad) 



100Q 



DG308A(quad) DG309(quad) 



3SQ 



t DG403(dual) 
t DG419 (single) 
t DG423 (dual) 



40Q 



IH5050 

m5051 (dual) 



son 



DG301A 
DG303A (dual) 
DG305A 
DG307A (dual) 
DG387A 
DG390A (dual) 
IHS142 
IH5143 (dual) 



75Q 



MAX342 
MAX343 (dual) 
IH5042 

IH5043 (dual) 



175fl 



T 



DPST 



175Q 



MAX333 (quad) 



4 SPST 



3K2 



t DG405 

t DG425 (dual) 



VIDEO 



75£2 



40Q 



IH5047 



LOW 
LEAKAGE 



DUAL SPST 



IH5341 



SPST 



QUAD SPST 



* MAX326 

★ MAX327 



IH5049 (dual) 



son 



DG302A (dual) 
DG306A (dual) 
DG384A (dual) 
IHS144 

IH514S (dual) 



75Q 



MAX344(±50V) 
MAX345(dual,±50V) 



IHS04S (dual) 



MAX331(quad) DG202 (quad) 
MAX332(quad) DG211 (quad) 
DG201A(quad) DG212 (quad) 



* New product since the publication 
+ Future product 



of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide. 



ANALOG MULTIPLEXERS 



x 



FAULT PROTECTED 



STANDARD 



VIDEO 



LOW LEAKAGE 



L 8-CHANNEL 



MAX358 (±35V) 
MAX359 (diff ±35V) 
MAX368 (latch +35V) 
MAX369 (latch, diff ±35V) 
MAX378 (±75V)* 
MAX379(diff ±75V)* 

* MAX388 (±100V) 

* MAX389(diff±100V) 
HI508A (±35V) 
HI509A (diff±35V) 



8-CHANNEL 




MX7501 

MX7502 (diff) 

MX7503 
t DG408 
t DG409 (diff) 

DG508A 

DGS09A (diff) 

DG528 (latch) 

DG529 (latch, diff) 

HI508 

HI509 (diff) 



L 16-CHANNEL 



MX7506 

MX7507 (diff) 
t DG406 
t DG407 (diff) 

DG506A 

DG507A (diff) 



* New product since the publication of the 1990 Short Form Product Guide, 
t Future product. 

* Withstands quoted input or output voltage indefinitely with/without supply v 



8-CHANNEL 



MAX310 (70db at 10MHz) 
MAX311 (diff 70db at 10MHz) 



- MUX/AMPLIFIER 



MAX453 (1 of 2, drives 75a) 
MAX454 (1 of 4, drives 75S1) 
MAX455(lof8,drives75fi) 



CROSSPOINT 



MAX456 (8x8 switch) 



L 8-CHANNEL 



MAX328 OOpA) 
MAX329 (lOpA)